WO2024153250A1 - Compound as usp1 inhibitor - Google Patents
Compound as usp1 inhibitor Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2024153250A1 WO2024153250A1 PCT/CN2024/073535 CN2024073535W WO2024153250A1 WO 2024153250 A1 WO2024153250 A1 WO 2024153250A1 CN 2024073535 W CN2024073535 W CN 2024073535W WO 2024153250 A1 WO2024153250 A1 WO 2024153250A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- formula
- compound
- alkyl
- cycloalkyl
- halogen
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Ceased
Links
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
- A61K31/505—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
- A61K31/519—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic rings
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
- C07D487/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
- C07D487/04—Ortho-condensed systems
Definitions
- the present invention relates to the field of medicinal chemistry; specifically, the present invention relates to a class of novel compounds, a synthesis method thereof and an application thereof as a USP1 inhibitor in the preparation of drugs for treating various diseases such as tumors.
- Ubiquitination is the process of covalently attaching ubiquitin molecules to target proteins and is one of the most common post-translational modifications of proteins.
- Ubiquitin is a small molecule protein composed of 76 amino acids. It is widely present in all eukaryotic cells and its sequence is highly conserved. There are many types of ubiquitination, including monoubiquitination, polyubiquitination, and polyubiquitination. The types of ubiquitination chains are also diverse, such as those connected through Lys6, Lys11, Lys27, Lys33, Lys48, and Lys63. Different ubiquitination types regulate different functions.
- proteins with polyubiquitin chains connected to Lys48 are usually degraded by the proteasome pathway, while monoubiquitination or polyubiquitin chains connected through other lysines are usually involved in cell cycle regulation, DNA damage repair, transcription, immune response, and endocytosis.
- Ubiquitination is a reversible post-translational modification of proteins.
- Deubiquitinating enzymes can reverse ubiquitination modification by hydrolyzing peptide bonds or isopeptide bonds between ubiquitin molecules or between ubiquitin and substrate proteins.
- USP1 Ubiquitin-specific protease 1
- TLS translesion synthesis
- FA Fanconi anemia pathway
- PCNA plays a key role in translesion DNA replication.
- PCNA is monoubiquitinated by RAD6 and RAD18 in response to replication fork stalling.
- Monoubiquitinated PCNA allows the recruitment of TLS polymerases to bypass DNA damage for replication.
- Fanconi anemia is a rare autosomal recessive genetic disease.
- Key gene defects in the Fanconi anemia signaling pathway lead to defects in the cell's DNA interstrand cross-link repair function.
- Fifteen FA genes have been identified, of which eight (FANCA, FANCB, FANCC, FANCE, FANCF, FANCG, FANCL, and FANCM) encode proteins that form the FA core complex, which monoubiquitinates FANCD2 and FANCI and recruits the intrachain cross-link repair complex.
- USP1 interacts with UAF1 to form a complex and exerts a deubiquitination function.
- the USP1/UAF1 complex regulates the DNA damage repair process by deubiquitinating PCNA, FANCD2, and FANCI. Inhibiting the enzymatic activity of USP1 can significantly inhibit the growth of tumor cells with BRCA mutations or other homologous recombination repair defects. Therefore, USP1 inhibitors have broad anti-tumor prospects.
- the purpose of the present invention is to provide a new type of USP1 inhibitors.
- B is selected from Formula (Ia) or Formula (Ib):
- Each R 1 is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 haloalkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, CN; m is selected from 0, 1, or 2;
- Each R 2 is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 haloalkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, CN; n is selected from 0, 1, 2 , 3, or 4;
- R3 and R4 are each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-4 alkyl; or R3 and R4 together with the same carbon atom to which they are attached form a 3- to 6-membered ring structure, which optionally contains 0 or 1 heteroatom selected from N, O, S;
- Each R 5 is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 haloalkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, CN; p is selected from 0, 1, or 2;
- each R 6 is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 haloalkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl , C 2-4 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl-C 2-4 alkynyl, 3- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, 3- to 6-membered heterocyclyl-C 2-4 alkynyl, CN, OR f , SR f , NR d R d , C(O) R g , C(O)OR f , or S(O) 2 R g ; q is selected from 0, 1, 2, or 3;
- A is selected from Formula (Ic), Formula (Id), Formula (Ie), Formula (If), or Formula (Ig):
- each Ra is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 haloalkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 haloalkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 8 -membered heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, CN, C(O) Rg , C(O) ORf , C(O) NRdRd , or S(O) 2NRdRd ; the alkyl , cycloalkyl, 3- to 8-membered heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl described in Ra are optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl , C3-6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 8-membered heterocyclyl, aryl , heteroaryl, CN, ORf, SRf, NRdRd, C(O)Rg , C ( O
- Each R b is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C 1-4 alkyl; or two R b and the carbon atom to which they are attached together form a C 3-6 cycloalkyl; each k is independently selected from 0, 1, 2, or 3;
- R c is selected from hydrogen, halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 haloalkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, CN, C (O) R g , C (O) OR f , C (O) NR d R d ; the alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl is optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, CN, OR f , SR f , NR d R d , C (O) R g , C (O) OR f , OC (O) R g , C (O) NR d R d , NR d C (O) R g , S (O) 2 NR d R d , or
- Each R d is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 haloalkyl;
- Each R d' is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 haloalkyl, hydroxy, C 1-4 alkoxy, or CN; each t is independently selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
- k 1 , k 2 , k 3 , and k 4 are each independently selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
- D is selected from a chemical bond, O, NR e , or CR b R b ; wherein, R e is selected from hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl; R b is as defined above;
- M is selected from O or CR h R i ; wherein R h and R i are each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, or C 1-4 alkyl; the alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, CN, OR f , SR f , NR d R d , C(O)R g , C(O)OR f , OC(O)R g , C(O)NR d R d , NR d C(O)R g , NR d C(O)NR d R d , OC(O)NR d R d , NR d C(O)OR f , OC(O)OR f , S(O) 2 NR d R d
- X1 , X2 , X3 , X4 , and X5 are each independently selected from N or CRk ; provided that at most two of X1 , X2 , X3 , X4 , and X5 are selected from N; each Rk is each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, CN, ORf , SRf , NRdRd , C(O) Rg , or C(O) ORf ;
- Each of the above R d is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 haloalkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, or 3- to 6-membered heterocyclyl; each of the R f is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 haloalkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; each of the R g is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 haloalkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl;
- each of the above-mentioned alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic group, cyclic structure, aryl and heteroaryl groups is optionally and independently substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 haloalkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, 3- to 8-membered heterocyclic group, aryl, heteroaryl, CN, NO 2 , OR f , SR f , NR d R d , C(O) R g , C(O)OR f , C(O)NR d R d , NR d C(O) R g , S(O) 2 R g , or NR d S(O) 2 R g , provided that the chemical structure formed is stable and meaningful; wherein R d , R
- the above-mentioned aryl group is an aromatic group containing 6 to 12 carbon atoms; the heteroaryl group is a 5- to 15-membered heteroaromatic group; and the cyclic structure is a saturated or unsaturated cyclic group containing or not containing heteroatoms.
- formula (I) is formula (IIa) or formula (IIb):
- formula (I) is formula (IIc) or formula (IId):
- each Ra is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 haloalkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 haloalkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 8-membered heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, CN, C(O) Rg , C(O) ORf , or C( O ) NRdRd ; the alkyl, cycloalkyl, 3- to 8-membered heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl described in Ra are optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 haloalkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 8-membered heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, CN, ORf , SRf , NRdRd , C(O) Rg , C(O) OR
- R d , R f , and R g are as defined above.
- formula (I) is formula (IIe) or formula (IIf):
- each Ra is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 haloalkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 haloalkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 8-membered heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, CN, C(O) Rg , C(O) ORf , or C(O) NRdRd ;
- R d , R f , and R g are as defined above.
- each Ra in the formula (IIe) or formula (IIf) is independently a group selected from the following group:
- formula (I) is formula (IIIa) or formula (IIIb):
- each Ra is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 haloalkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 haloalkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 8-membered heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, CN, C(O) Rg , C(O) ORf , or C( O ) NRdRd ; the alkyl, cycloalkyl, 3- to 8-membered heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl described in Ra are optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 haloalkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 8-membered heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, CN, ORf , SRf , NRdRd , C(O) Rg , C(O) OR
- R d , R f , and R g are as defined above.
- each Ra in Formula (IIIa) or (IIIb) is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 haloalkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 haloalkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 8-membered heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, CN, C(O) Rg , C(O) ORf , or C(O) NRdRd ;
- R d , R f , and R g are as defined above.
- each Ra in the formula (IIIa) or formula (IIIb) is independently selected from the group consisting of:
- formula (I) is formula (IVa) or formula (IVb):
- formula (I) is formula (V):
- R c is selected from halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, CN, C(O)R g , C(O)OR f , C(O)NR d R d ; the alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl is optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, CN, OR f , SR f , NR d R d , C(O)R g , C(O)OR f , OC(O)R g , C(O)NR d R d , NR d C(O)R g , or NR d S(O) 2 R g ;
- k1 is selected from 1, 2, 3, or 4;
- R d' , t are defined as above;
- R d , R f , and R g are as defined above.
- formula (I) is formula (VIa) or formula (VIb):
- formula (I) is formula (VIIa) or formula (VIIb):
- formula (I) is formula (VIIIa) or formula (VIIIb):
- X1 , X2 , X3 , X4 , and X5 are each independently selected from N or CRk ; provided that at most two of X1 , X2 , X3 , X4 , and X5 are selected from N; each Rk is each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, CN, ORf , SRf , NRdRd , C(O) Rg , or C(O) ORf ;
- R d , R f , and R g are as defined above.
- the compound is selected from the following group:
- the second aspect of the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition
- a pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound described in the first aspect of the present invention, or its optical isomers, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, deuterated derivatives, hydrates, solvates, and pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
- the second aspect of the present invention provides a use of the compound described in the first aspect of the present invention, or its optical isomers, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, deuterated derivatives, hydrates, solvates, for preparing a pharmaceutical composition for treating diseases, disorders or conditions associated with USP1 activity or expression.
- the disease, disorder or condition is selected from the following group: breast cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, small cell lung cancer, lung adenocarcinoma, lung squamous cell carcinoma, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, thyroid cancer, embryonal rhabdomyosarcoma, cutaneous granular cell tumor, melanoma, liver cancer, rectal cancer, bladder cancer, pharyngeal cancer, pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer, glioma, ovarian cancer, endometrial cancer, head and neck squamous cell carcinoma, cervical cancer, esophageal cancer, kidney cancer, skin cancer, gastric cancer, mesothelioma, osteosarcoma, acute myeloid leukemia, myelofibrosis, B-cell lymphoma, T-cell lymphoma, monocytic leukemia, eosinophilic syndrome, multiple myeloma and other solid tumors and blood tumors.
- the inventors unexpectedly discovered a class of USP1 inhibitors with novel structures, as well as their preparation methods and applications.
- the compounds of the present invention can be used to treat various diseases related to the activity of the USP1. Based on the above findings, the inventors completed the present invention.
- each chiral carbon atom may be optionally in the R configuration or the S configuration, or a mixture of the R configuration and the S configuration.
- alkyl refers to a straight chain (i.e., unbranched) or branched saturated hydrocarbon group containing only carbon atoms, or a combination of straight and branched hydrocarbon groups, when used alone or as part of other substituents.
- a carbon number limit e.g., C 1-10
- C 1-8 alkyl refers to an alkyl group containing 1-8 carbon atoms, including methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, or similar groups.
- alkenyl refers to a linear or branched carbon chain group having at least one carbon-carbon double bond, either alone or as part of another substituent. Alkenyl groups may be substituted or unsubstituted. When the number of carbon atoms before the alkenyl group is limited (e.g., C 2-8 ), it means that the alkenyl group contains 2-8 carbon atoms.
- C 2-8 alkenyl refers to an alkenyl group containing 2-8 carbon atoms, including vinyl, propenyl, 1,2-butenyl, 2,3-butenyl, butadienyl, or similar groups.
- alkynyl refers to an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, either alone or as part of another substituent.
- the alkynyl group may be straight or branched, or a combination thereof.
- the alkynyl group is preceded by a carbon number limit (e.g., C2-8 alkynyl)
- the alkynyl group contains 2-8 carbon atoms.
- C2-8 alkynyl refers to a straight or branched alkynyl group having 2-8 carbon atoms, including ethynyl, propynyl, isopropynyl, butynyl, isobutynyl, sec-butynyl, tert-butynyl, or the like.
- cycloalkyl refers to a saturated or partially saturated unit ring, a bicyclic or polycyclic (condensed, bridged or spiro) ring system group.
- a cycloalkyl group is preceded by a carbon atom number limit (such as C 3-10 ), it means that the cycloalkyl group contains 3-10 carbon atoms.
- C 3-8 cycloalkyl refers to a saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic or bicyclic alkyl group with 3-8 carbon atoms, including cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cycloheptyl, or similar groups.
- Spirocycloalkyl refers to a bicyclic or polycyclic group in which a carbon atom (called a spiro atom) is shared between monocyclic rings, which may contain one or more double bonds, but none of the rings has a completely conjugated ⁇ electron system.
- Condensed cycloalkyl refers to a full carbon bicyclic or polycyclic group in which each ring in the system shares a pair of adjacent carbon atoms with other rings in the system, wherein one or more rings may contain one or more double bonds, but none of the rings has a completely conjugated ⁇ electron system.
- Bridged cycloalkyl refers to an all-carbon polycyclic group in which any two rings share two carbon atoms that are not directly connected, which may contain one or more double bonds, but none of the rings has a completely conjugated ⁇ electron system.
- the atoms contained in the cycloalkyl are all carbon atoms.
- the following are some examples of cycloalkyl groups, and the present invention is not limited to the following cycloalkyl groups.
- Aryl refers to an all-carbon monocyclic or fused polycyclic (i.e., rings that share adjacent pairs of carbon atoms) group with a conjugated ⁇ electron system, such as phenyl and naphthyl.
- the aryl ring can be fused to other cyclic groups (including saturated and unsaturated rings), but cannot contain heteroatoms such as nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, and the point of attachment to the parent must be on a carbon atom on the ring with a conjugated ⁇ electron system.
- Aryl groups can be substituted or unsubstituted. The following are some examples of aryl groups, and the present invention is not limited to the aryl groups described below.
- Heteroaryl refers to a monocyclic or polycyclic group with aromaticity containing one to multiple heteroatoms (optionally selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur), or a polycyclic group formed by condensing a heterocyclic group (containing one to multiple heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur) with an aryl group, and the connection site is located on the aryl group.
- the heteroaryl group can be optionally substituted or unsubstituted. The following are some examples of heteroaryl groups, and the present invention is not limited to the following heteroaryl groups.
- Heterocyclyl refers to a saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic or polycyclic cyclic hydrocarbon substituent, wherein one or more ring atoms are selected from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, and the remaining ring atoms are carbon.
- monocyclic heterocyclyls include pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, homopiperazinyl.
- Polycyclic heterocyclyls refer to heterocyclyls including spiro, condensed rings and bridged rings.
- Spirocyclic heterocyclyl refers to a polycyclic heterocyclic group in which each ring in the system shares an atom (called a spiro atom) with other rings in the system, wherein one or more ring atoms are selected from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, and the remaining ring atoms are carbon.
- Condensed ring heterocyclyl refers to a polycyclic heterocyclic group in which each ring in the system shares a pair of adjacent atoms with other rings in the system, one or more rings may contain one or more double bonds, but no ring has a completely conjugated ⁇ electron system, and wherein one or more ring atoms are selected from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, and the remaining ring atoms are carbon.
- “Bridged heterocyclic group” refers to a polycyclic heterocyclic group in which any two rings share two atoms that are not directly connected. These may contain one or more double bonds, but none of the rings has a completely conjugated ⁇ -electron system, and one or more of the ring atoms are selected from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, and the remaining ring atoms are carbon. If there are both saturated rings and aromatic rings in the heterocyclic group (for example, a saturated ring and an aromatic ring are fused together), the point of connection to the parent must be on the saturated ring. Note: When the point of connection to the parent is on the aromatic ring, it is called a heteroaryl group, not a heterocyclic group. The following are some examples of heterocyclic groups, and the present invention is not limited to the following heterocyclic groups.
- halogen by itself or as part of another substituent refers to F, Cl, Br and I.
- substituted refers to the replacement of one or more hydrogen atoms on a specific group with a specific substituent.
- the specific substituent is a substituent described accordingly in the foregoing text, or a substituent appearing in the embodiments.
- a certain arbitrarily substituted group may have a substituent selected from a specific group at any substitutable site of the group, and the substituent may be the same or different at each position.
- a cyclic substituent such as a heterocyclic group, may be connected to another ring, such as a cycloalkyl group, to form a spirobicyclic system, i.e., two rings have a common carbon atom. It will be understood by those skilled in the art that the combinations of substituents contemplated by the present invention are those that are stable or chemically feasible.
- the substituents include, but are not limited to, C1-8 alkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, C2-8 alkynyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, 3- to 12 -membered heterocyclic group, aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl (-COOH), C1-8 aldehyde, C2-10 acyl, C2-10 ester, and amino.
- a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound of the present invention refers to a salt that is suitable for contact with the tissue of a subject (e.g., a human) without producing undue side effects.
- a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound of the present invention includes a salt of a compound of the present invention having an acidic group (e.g., potassium salt, sodium salt, magnesium salt, calcium salt) or a salt of a compound of the present invention having a basic group (e.g., sulfate, hydrochloride, phosphate, nitrate, carbonate).
- the present invention provides a class of compounds of formula (I), or their deuterated derivatives, their salts, isomers (enantiomers or diastereomers, if any), hydrates, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients for use in inhibiting USP1.
- the compound of the present invention is useful as a USP1 inhibitor.
- the present invention is a single inhibitor of USP1, which can prevent, alleviate or cure diseases by regulating the activity of USP1.
- the diseases include, but are not limited to, breast cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, small cell lung cancer, lung adenocarcinoma, lung squamous cell carcinoma, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, thyroid cancer, embryonal rhabdomyosarcoma, skin granular cell tumor, melanoma, liver cancer, rectal cancer, bladder cancer, pharyngeal cancer, pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer, glioma, ovarian cancer, endometrial cancer, head and neck squamous cell carcinoma, cervical cancer, esophageal cancer, kidney cancer, skin cancer, gastric cancer, mesothelioma, osteosarcoma, acute myeloid leukemia, myelofibrosis, B cell lymphoma, T cell lymphoma, monocytic leukemia, eosinophilic syndrome, multiple my
- compositions can be formulated with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients or carriers, and the resulting compositions can be administered to mammals, such as men, women and animals, in vivo for the treatment of conditions, symptoms and diseases.
- the compositions can be tablets, pills, suspensions, solutions, emulsions, capsules, aerosols, sterile injections, sterile powders, etc.
- pharmaceutically acceptable excipients include microcrystalline cellulose, lactose, sodium citrate, calcium carbonate, calcium hydrogen phosphate, mannitol, hydroxypropyl- ⁇ -cyclodextrin, ⁇ -cyclodextrin (increased), glycine, disintegrants (such as starch, cross-linked sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, complex silicates and high molecular weight polyethylene glycol), granulation binders (such as polyvinyl pyrrolidone, sucrose, gelatin and gum arabic) and lubricants (such as magnesium stearate, glycerol and talc).
- disintegrants such as starch, cross-linked sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, complex silicates and high molecular weight polyethylene glycol
- granulation binders such as polyvinyl pyrrolidone, sucrose, gelatin and gum arabic
- lubricants such as magnesium stearate, glycerol and talc
- the pharmaceutical composition is a dosage form suitable for oral administration, including but not limited to tablets, solutions, suspensions, capsules, granules, and powders.
- the amount of the compound of the present invention or the pharmaceutical composition administered to the patient is not fixed, and is usually administered in a pharmaceutically effective amount.
- the amount of the compound actually administered can be determined by the physician according to actual conditions, including the disease to be treated, the selected route of administration, the actual compound administered, the individual conditions of the patient, etc.
- the dosage of the compound of the present invention depends on the specific use of the treatment, the mode of administration, the patient's state, and the physician's judgment.
- the ratio or concentration of the compound of the present invention in the pharmaceutical composition depends on various factors, including dosage, physicochemical properties, route of administration, etc.
- compositions and methods of administration are provided.
- the compounds of the present invention have excellent inhibitory activity against USP1
- the compounds of the present invention and their various crystal forms, pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic or organic salts, hydrates or solvates, and pharmaceutical compositions containing the compounds of the present invention as the main active ingredient can be used to treat, prevent and alleviate diseases related to USP1 activity or expression.
- the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention comprises a safe and effective amount of the compound of the present invention or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof and a pharmacologically acceptable excipient or carrier.
- safe and effective amount means: the amount of the compound is sufficient to significantly improve the condition without causing serious side effects.
- the pharmaceutical composition contains 1-2000 mg of the compound of the present invention per dose, and more preferably, contains 5-200 mg of the compound of the present invention per dose.
- the "one dose” is a capsule or tablet.
- “Pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” refers to: one or more compatible solid or liquid fillers or gel substances, which are suitable for human use and must have sufficient purity and sufficiently low toxicity. "Compatibility” here means that the components in the composition can be mixed with the compounds of the present invention and with each other without significantly reducing the efficacy of the compounds.
- Some examples of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include cellulose and its derivatives (such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sodium ethyl cellulose, cellulose acetate, etc.), gelatin, talc, solid lubricants (such as stearic acid, magnesium stearate), calcium sulfate, vegetable oils (such as soybean oil, sesame oil, peanut oil, olive oil, etc.), polyols (such as propylene glycol, glycerol, mannitol, sorbitol, etc.), emulsifiers (such as Tween ), wetting agents (such as sodium lauryl sulfate), colorants, flavoring agents, stabilizers, antioxidants, preservatives, pyrogen-free water, etc.
- cellulose and its derivatives such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sodium ethyl cellulose, cellulose acetate, etc.
- gelatin such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sodium ethyl cellulose, cellulose acetate, etc.
- the administration method of the compound or pharmaceutical composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, and representative administration methods include (but are not limited to): oral, intratumoral, rectal, parenteral (intravenous, intramuscular or subcutaneous), and topical administration.
- Solid dosage forms for oral administration include capsules, tablets, pills, powders and granules.
- the active compound is mixed with at least one conventional inert excipient (or carrier), such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate, or with the following ingredients: (a) fillers or extenders, such as starch, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol and silicic acid; (b) binders, such as hydroxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, sucrose and gum arabic; (c) humectants, such as glycerol; (d) disintegrants, such as agar, calcium carbonate, potato starch or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain complex silicates, and sodium carbonate; (e) solubilizers, such as paraffin; (f) absorption accelerators, such as quaternary ammonium compounds; (g) wetting agents, such as cetyl alcohol and gly
- Solid dosage forms such as tablets, pills, capsules, pills and granules can be prepared using coatings and shell materials, such as enteric coatings and other materials known in the art. They may contain opacifiers, and the release of the active compound or compounds in such compositions may be delayed in a certain part of the digestive tract. Examples of embedding components that can be used are polymeric substances and waxes. If necessary, the active compound can also be formed into microencapsulated form with one or more of the above-mentioned excipients.
- Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups or tinctures.
- the liquid dosage form may contain an inert diluent conventionally used in the art, such as water or other solvents, solubilizers and emulsifiers, for example, ethanol, isopropanol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, propylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, dimethylformamide and oils, in particular cottonseed oil, peanut oil, corn germ oil, olive oil, castor oil and sesame oil or mixtures of these substances.
- an inert diluent conventionally used in the art, such as water or other solvents, solubilizers and emulsifiers, for example, ethanol, isopropanol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, propylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, dimethylformamide and oils, in particular cottons
- composition may also include adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, and perfuming agents.
- adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, and perfuming agents.
- Suspensions in addition to the active compounds, may contain suspending agents such as, for example, ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminum methanol and agar, or mixtures of these substances, and the like.
- suspending agents such as, for example, ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminum methanol and agar, or mixtures of these substances, and the like.
- compositions for parenteral injection may include physiologically acceptable sterile aqueous or anhydrous solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions, and sterile powders for reconstitution into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions.
- Suitable aqueous and non-aqueous carriers, diluents, solvents or excipients include water, ethanol, polyols and suitable mixtures thereof.
- Dosage forms for topical administration of the compounds of the invention include ointments, powders, patches, sprays and inhalants.
- the active ingredient is mixed under sterile conditions with a physiologically acceptable carrier and any preservatives, buffers, or propellants that may be required.
- the compounds of the present invention may be administered alone or in combination with other pharmaceutically acceptable compounds.
- a safe and effective amount of the compound of the present invention is applied to a mammal (such as a human) in need of treatment, wherein the dosage during administration is a pharmaceutically effective dosage, and for a person weighing 60 kg, the daily dosage is usually 1 to 2000 mg, preferably 5 to 500 mg.
- the specific dosage should also take into account factors such as the route of administration and the health status of the patient, which are all within the skill of a skilled physician.
- USP1 inhibitor with a novel structure, and its preparation and use.
- the inhibitor can inhibit the activity of USP1 at extremely low concentrations.
- Some representative compounds of the present invention can be prepared by the following synthetic methods.
- the reagents and conditions of each step can be selected from conventional reagents or conditions for such preparation methods in the art. After the structure of the compound of the present invention is disclosed, the above selection can be made by those skilled in the art based on the knowledge in the art.
- DIPEA or DIEA N,N-diisopropylethylamine
- DIBAL-H Diisobutylaluminum hydride
- HATU N,N,N',N'-tetramethyl-O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)urea hexafluorophosphate
- LiHMDS Lithium Bis(trimethylsilyl)amide
- NMP N-methylpyrrolidone
- Pd(PPh 3 ) 2 Cl 2 bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium dichloride
- PhNTf 2 phenylbis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide
- TIPS triisopropylsilyl
- TBAF Tetra-n-butylammonium fluoride
- TBDPSCl tert-butyldiphenylsilyl chloride
- Cuprous iodide (7.9 g, 41.60 mmol) was added to tetrahydrofuran (20 mL), and a solution of methyl lithium in ether (52 mL, 1.6 M) was added dropwise under an ice bath, and the reaction mixture was stirred at this temperature for 5 minutes.
- a solution of compound 6-d (2.0 g, 4.16 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) was added dropwise. After the addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, and then iodomethane (2.9 g, 20.80 mmol) was added dropwise under an ice bath to the reaction system, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours.
- Triethyl 2-phosphonopropyl ester (2.0 g, 8.51 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL), and sodium hydride (295 mg, 7.38 mmol, 60%) was slowly added under an ice bath nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction solution was stirred for 1 hour at this temperature, and then 3-(benzyloxy)-1-cyclobutanone (1.0 g, 5.67 mmol) was added. The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature overnight. After the reaction was completed, saturated ammonium chloride aqueous solution was quenched, and the mixed solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 ⁇ 20 mL).
- Method 1 Dilute the control compound ML323 to 1mM in DMSO, and then dilute it in 4-fold gradient with DMSO for a total of 10 concentrations. Dilute the test compound in 3-fold gradient with DMSO for a total of ten concentrations. Prepare 1 ⁇ detection buffer, and use the detection buffer to prepare 2 ⁇ USP1&UAF1 working solution and 2 ⁇ substrate working solution. Use Echo to transfer 120nL/well of the test compound to a 384-well plate, with 1% DMSO as a solvent control and 10 ⁇ M ML323 as a positive control. Add 6 ⁇ L of 2 ⁇ USP1&UAF1 solution to each well, shake for 30 seconds, and incubate at 25°C for 15min.
- inhibition rate (%) (DMSO well control reading - compound well reading) / (DMSO well control reading - positive control reading) ⁇ 100%.
- the enzyme inhibition activity data of some representative compounds are shown in Table 1.
- Method 2 Test compounds were diluted in DMSO gradient. Prepare 1 ⁇ detection buffer (modified Tris buffer), and use the detection buffer to prepare USP1&UAF1 enzyme working solution and substrate (Ubiquitin Rhodamine 110Protein, CF(Ub-Rho)) working solution. Use Echo to transfer test compounds to a 384-well plate, with a final DMSO concentration of 1%. Add 10 ⁇ L of USP1 enzyme solution to each well and incubate for 1h at room temperature. Add 10 ⁇ L of substrate solution to each well to start the reaction, centrifuge for 30 seconds, and shake for 30 seconds. Use SpectraMax Paradigm to read the fluorescence value continuously for 30 minutes.
- Inhibition rate (%) (DMSO well control reading - compound well reading) / (DMSO well control reading - solvent control reading) ⁇ 100%.
- Y is the inhibition rate
- X is the Log value of the concentration of the compound.
- the enzyme inhibition activity data of some representative compounds are shown in Table 1.
- Example 50 Inhibition of MDA-MB-468 cell proliferation by compounds
- Inhibition rate (%) (1-(compound RLU-blank control RLU)/(DMSO control RLU-blank control RLU)) ⁇ 100%.
- the blank control wells were only added with normal culture medium without cells, and the DMSO wells were added with cells, no compounds, and contained 0.5% DMSO.
- XLFit was used to draw the efficacy inhibition rate curve and calculate the IC 50 value.
- the cell inhibition activity data of some representative compounds are shown in Table 2.
- Method 1 Instrument: XEVO TQ-S LC-MS instrument produced by Waters. All the measured data were collected and processed by Masslynx V4.1 software, and the data were calculated and processed by Microsoft Excel. WinNonLin 8.0 software was used to calculate the pharmacokinetic parameters by statistical moment method. The main kinetic parameters included T max , T 1/2 , C max , AUC 0-24h , etc.
- Chromatographic column ACQUITY UPLC BEH C18 (2.1mm ⁇ 50mm, 1.7 ⁇ m); column temperature 40°C; mobile phase A was water (0.1% formic acid), mobile phase B was acetonitrile, the flow rate was 0.350 ml/min, gradient elution was used, and the elution gradient was 0.50min: 10% B; 1.50min: 90% B; 2.50min: 90% B; 2.51min: 10% B; 3.50min: stop. Injection volume: 1 ⁇ L.
- Animals 3 SD male rats, weighing 200-220g, were purchased and raised in the laboratory of the Experimental Animal Center for 2 days before use. They were fasted for 12 hours before administration and within 4 hours after administration, and had free access to water during the experiment. Blood samples were collected at the prescribed time after oral gavage.
- Drug samples Generally, multiple samples with similar structures (molecular weight difference of more than 2 units) are taken, accurately weighed, and administered together (cassette PK). This allows multiple compounds to be screened simultaneously and their oral absorption rates to be compared. Single administration is also used to study the pharmacokinetics of drug samples in rats.
- Plasma samples were collected from the eye socket at 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 8, 10 and 24 hours after oral administration. 50 ⁇ L of plasma sample was added with 200 ⁇ L of acetonitrile (containing internal standard verapamil 2 ng/mL), vortexed for 3 min, centrifuged at 20000 rcf, 4°C for 10 min, and the supernatant was taken for LC-MS/MS analysis.
- acetonitrile containing internal standard verapamil 2 ng/mL
- the compound is accurately weighed and prepared into different concentrations, and quantitative analysis is performed on the mass spectrometer to establish a standard curve, and then the concentration of the compound in the above plasma is tested to obtain the concentration of the compound at different time points. All the measured data are collected and processed by relevant software, and the pharmacokinetic parameters are calculated using the statistical moment method (mainly including kinetic parameters T max , T 1/2 , C max , AUC 0-24h , etc.). The kinetic parameters of some representative compounds are shown in Table 3.
- Method 2 Instrument: SCIEX Triple Quad 6500+ triple quadrupole LC-MS, operating software: Analyst 1.7.2 (Applied Biosystems, Inc., USA); ExionLC liquid phase system; use Microsoft Excel to calculate and process data. WinNolin 8.2 software was used to calculate pharmacokinetic parameters using the statistical moment method. Mainly including kinetic parameters Tmax, T1/2, Cmax, AUC0-24h, etc.
- Chromatographic column Synergi 4 ⁇ m Fusion-RP Luna C18 2mm*50mm, 4 ⁇ m; column temperature 40°C; mobile phase A is water (0.1% formic acid), mobile phase B is acetonitrile, flow rate is 0.8mL/min, gradient elution is adopted, elution gradient is 0.10min: 15%B; 1.6min: 95%B; 1.90min: 95%B; 1.91min: 15%B; 2.20min: 15%B. Injection volume: 1 ⁇ L.
- Animals 3 SD male rats, weighing 200-220g, were purchased and raised in the laboratory of the Experimental Animal Center for 3 days before use. They were fasted for 12 hours before administration and within 4 hours after administration, and had free access to water during the experiment. Blood samples were collected at the specified time after gavage.
- Drug samples Generally, multiple samples with similar structures (molecular weight difference of more than 2 units) are taken, accurately weighed, and administered together (cassette PK). This allows multiple compounds to be screened simultaneously and their oral absorption rates to be compared. Single administration is also used to study the pharmacokinetics of drug samples in rats.
- Plasma sample (blank sample and internal standard blank sample plus 20 ⁇ L of blank plasma) was transferred to a 1.5 mL centrifuge tube, and 200 ⁇ L of internal standard (50% methanol acetonitrile solution (concentration 100 ng/mL)) solution was added (Double blank sample was added with 200 ⁇ L of 50% methanol acetonitrile solution). After vortexing the sample for 5 minutes, centrifuge it at 14000 rpm and 4°C for 5 minutes, transfer 80 ⁇ L and add it to 80 ⁇ L of water, mix well, and analyze by LC-MS/MS.
- internal standard 50% methanol acetonitrile solution (concentration 100 ng/mL)
- the compound is accurately weighed and prepared into different concentrations, and quantitative analysis is performed on the mass spectrometer to establish a standard curve, and then the concentration of the compound in the above plasma is tested to obtain the concentration of the compound at different time points. All the measured data are collected and processed by relevant software, and the pharmacokinetic parameters are calculated using the statistical moment method (mainly including kinetic parameters T max , T 1/2 , C max , AUC 0-24h , etc.). The pharmacokinetic data of some representative compounds are shown in Table 3.
- test method for compounds 53 and 59 is method 2, and the test method for the remaining compounds is method 1.
- Chromatographic column Synergi 4 ⁇ m Fusion-RP Luna C18 2mm*50mm, 4 ⁇ m; column temperature 40°C; mobile phase A is water (0.1% formic acid), mobile phase B is acetonitrile, flow rate is 0.8mL/min, gradient elution is adopted, elution gradient is 0.10min: 15%B; 1.6min: 95%B; 1.90min: 95%B; 1.91min: 15%B; 2.20min: 15%B. Injection volume: 1 ⁇ L.
- mice 3 ICR male mice, weighing 25-30g, were purchased and raised in the laboratory of the Experimental Animal Center for 3 days before use. They were fasted for 12 hours before administration and within 4 hours after administration, and had free access to water during the experiment. Blood samples were collected at the scheduled time after gavage.
- Drug samples Generally, multiple samples with similar structures (molecular weight difference of more than 2 units) are taken, accurately weighed, and administered together (cassette PK). This allows multiple compounds to be screened simultaneously and their oral absorption rates to be compared. Single administration is also used to study the pharmacokinetics of drug samples in mice.
- Plasma sample (blank sample and internal standard blank sample plus 20 ⁇ L blank plasma) was transferred to a 1.5 mL centrifuge tube, and 200 ⁇ L internal standard (50% methanol acetonitrile solution (concentration 100 ng/mL)) solution was added (Double blank sample was added with 200 ⁇ L 50% methanol acetonitrile solution). After vortexing the sample for 5 minutes, centrifuge at 6000g and 4°C for 3 minutes, 80 ⁇ L was transferred and added to 80 ⁇ L of water, mixed evenly, and analyzed by LC-MS/MS.
- 20 ⁇ L plasma sample (blank sample and internal standard blank sample plus 20 ⁇ L blank plasma) was transferred to a 1.5 mL centrifuge tube, and 200 ⁇ L internal standard (50% methanol acetonitrile solution (concentration 100 ng/mL)) solution was added (Double blank sample was added with 200 ⁇ L 50% methanol acetonitrile solution). After vortexing the sample for 5 minutes
- the compound is accurately weighed and prepared into different concentrations, and quantitative analysis is performed on the mass spectrometer to establish a standard curve, and then the concentration of the compound in the above plasma is tested to obtain the concentration of the compound at different time points. All the measured data are collected and processed by relevant software, and the pharmacokinetic parameters are calculated using the statistical moment method (mainly including kinetic parameters T max , T 1/2 , C max , AUC 0-24h , etc.). The pharmacokinetic data of some representative compounds are shown in Table 4.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
Description
本发明涉及药物化学领域;具体地说,本发明涉及一类新型化合物,其合成方法及其作为一种USP1抑制剂在制备药物用于治疗肿瘤等相关多种疾病中的应用。The present invention relates to the field of medicinal chemistry; specifically, the present invention relates to a class of novel compounds, a synthesis method thereof and an application thereof as a USP1 inhibitor in the preparation of drugs for treating various diseases such as tumors.
泛素化是将泛素分子共价结合到靶蛋白上的过程,是蛋白质最普遍的翻译后修饰之一。泛素是一种由76个氨基酸组成的小分子蛋白质,其广泛地存在于所有的真核细胞中,而且序列高度保守。泛素化有多种类型,包括单泛素化、多泛素化以及多聚泛素化等。泛素化链类型也是多种多样,如通过Lys6、Lys11、Lys27、Lys33、Lys48和Lys63等连接,不同的泛素化类型调控的功能也各不相同。例如Lys48连接的多聚泛素链的蛋白质通常发生蛋白酶体途径的降解,而通过其他赖氨酸连接的单泛素化或多泛素链条通常参与细胞周期调节、DNA损伤修复、转录、免疫应答和内吞等作用。Ubiquitination is the process of covalently attaching ubiquitin molecules to target proteins and is one of the most common post-translational modifications of proteins. Ubiquitin is a small molecule protein composed of 76 amino acids. It is widely present in all eukaryotic cells and its sequence is highly conserved. There are many types of ubiquitination, including monoubiquitination, polyubiquitination, and polyubiquitination. The types of ubiquitination chains are also diverse, such as those connected through Lys6, Lys11, Lys27, Lys33, Lys48, and Lys63. Different ubiquitination types regulate different functions. For example, proteins with polyubiquitin chains connected to Lys48 are usually degraded by the proteasome pathway, while monoubiquitination or polyubiquitin chains connected through other lysines are usually involved in cell cycle regulation, DNA damage repair, transcription, immune response, and endocytosis.
泛素化是一种可逆的蛋白质翻译后修饰,去泛素化酶可以通过水解泛素分子之间或泛素与底物蛋白之间的肽键或异肽键,来逆转泛素化修饰。USP1(Ubiquitin-specific protease 1)是一种去泛素化酶,主要参与调控DNA损伤修复过程,包括跨损伤DNA复制(Translesion Synthesis,TLS)和范科尼贫血通路(Fanconi Anemia,FA)。PCNA在跨损伤DNA复制中发挥着关键的作用。PCNA通过RAD6和RAD18进行单泛素化,以响应复制叉停滞过程。单泛素化的PCNA允许TLS聚合酶的招募,绕过DNA损伤进行复制。范科尼贫血是一种罕见的常染色体隐性遗传疾病,范科尼贫血信号通路中的关键基因缺陷导致细胞的DNA链间交联修复功能缺陷。已鉴定出15个FA基因,其中8个(FANCA、FANCB、FANCC、FANCE、FANCF、FANCG、FANCL和FANCM)编码形成FA核心复合体的蛋白质,该复合体单泛素化修饰FANCD2和FANCI,招募链内交联修复复合体。USP1通过和UAF1相互作用,形成复合体,发挥去泛素化功能。USP1/UAF1复合体通过去泛素化修饰PCNA、FANCD2和FANCI,调控DNA损伤修复过程。抑制USP1的酶活性,可以显著抑制BRCA突变或其他同源重组修复缺陷的肿瘤细胞的生长。因此,USP1抑制剂具有广泛的抗肿瘤前景。Ubiquitination is a reversible post-translational modification of proteins. Deubiquitinating enzymes can reverse ubiquitination modification by hydrolyzing peptide bonds or isopeptide bonds between ubiquitin molecules or between ubiquitin and substrate proteins. USP1 (Ubiquitin-specific protease 1) is a deubiquitinating enzyme that is mainly involved in regulating DNA damage repair processes, including translesion synthesis (TLS) and Fanconi anemia pathway (FA). PCNA plays a key role in translesion DNA replication. PCNA is monoubiquitinated by RAD6 and RAD18 in response to replication fork stalling. Monoubiquitinated PCNA allows the recruitment of TLS polymerases to bypass DNA damage for replication. Fanconi anemia is a rare autosomal recessive genetic disease. Key gene defects in the Fanconi anemia signaling pathway lead to defects in the cell's DNA interstrand cross-link repair function. Fifteen FA genes have been identified, of which eight (FANCA, FANCB, FANCC, FANCE, FANCF, FANCG, FANCL, and FANCM) encode proteins that form the FA core complex, which monoubiquitinates FANCD2 and FANCI and recruits the intrachain cross-link repair complex. USP1 interacts with UAF1 to form a complex and exerts a deubiquitination function. The USP1/UAF1 complex regulates the DNA damage repair process by deubiquitinating PCNA, FANCD2, and FANCI. Inhibiting the enzymatic activity of USP1 can significantly inhibit the growth of tumor cells with BRCA mutations or other homologous recombination repair defects. Therefore, USP1 inhibitors have broad anti-tumor prospects.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本发明的目的是提供一类新型的USP1抑制剂。The purpose of the present invention is to provide a new type of USP1 inhibitors.
本发明的第一方面,提供了一种如下式(I)所示结构的化合物,或其光学异构体,药学上可接受的盐,前药,氘代衍生物,水合物,溶剂合物:
In the first aspect of the present invention, there is provided a compound having a structure as shown in the following formula (I), or an optical isomer, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, a prodrug, a deuterated derivative, a hydrate, or a solvate thereof:
式(I)中:In formula (I):
B选自式(Ia)或式(Ib):
B is selected from Formula (Ia) or Formula (Ib):
表示式(Ia)或式(Ib)与式(I)化合物中A连接的位点;表示式(Ia)或式(Ib)与式(I)化合物中苯环连接的位点; represents the site of connection between the compound of formula (Ia) or formula (Ib) and A in the compound of formula (I); represents the site where the compound of formula (Ia) or (Ib) is connected to the benzene ring in the compound of formula (I);
各个R1各自独立地选自氢、卤素、C1-4烷基、C1-4卤代烷基、C1-4烷氧基、CN;m选自0、1、或2;Each R 1 is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 haloalkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, CN; m is selected from 0, 1, or 2;
各个R2各自独立地选自氢、卤素、C1-4烷基、C1-4卤代烷基、C1-4烷氧基、C2-4烯基、C2- 4炔基、CN;n选自0、1、2、3、或4;Each R 2 is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 haloalkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, CN; n is selected from 0, 1, 2 , 3, or 4;
R3和R4各自独立地选自氢、卤素、C1-4烷基;或R3和R4与其连接的同一个碳原子一起形成3-至6-元环状结构,此环状结构任选地含有0或1个选自N、O、S的杂原子; R3 and R4 are each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-4 alkyl; or R3 and R4 together with the same carbon atom to which they are attached form a 3- to 6-membered ring structure, which optionally contains 0 or 1 heteroatom selected from N, O, S;
各个R5各自独立地选自氢、卤素、C1-4烷基、C1-4卤代烷基、C1-4烷氧基、C2-4烯基、C2- 4炔基、CN;p选自0、1、或2;Each R 5 is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 haloalkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, CN; p is selected from 0, 1, or 2;
各个R6各自独立地选自氢、卤素、C1-4烷基、C1-4卤代烷基、C2-4烯基、C2-4炔基、C3-6环烷基、C3-6环烷基-C2-4炔基、3-至6-元杂环基、3-至6-元杂环基-C2-4炔基、CN、ORf、SRf、NRdRd、C(O)Rg、C(O)ORf、或S(O)2Rg;q选自0、1、2、或3;each R 6 is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 haloalkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl , C 2-4 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl-C 2-4 alkynyl, 3- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, 3- to 6-membered heterocyclyl-C 2-4 alkynyl, CN, OR f , SR f , NR d R d , C(O) R g , C(O)OR f , or S(O) 2 R g ; q is selected from 0, 1, 2, or 3;
A选自式(Ic)、式(Id)、式(Ie)、式(If)、或式(Ig):
A is selected from Formula (Ic), Formula (Id), Formula (Ie), Formula (If), or Formula (Ig):
表示式(Ic)、式(Id)、式(Ie)、式(If)、或式(Ig)与式(I)化合物中B连接的位点; represents the site at which B in the compound of formula (Ic), formula (Id), formula (Ie), formula (If), or formula (Ig) is connected to B;
表示单键或双键; represents a single bond or a double bond;
各个Ra各自独立地选自氢、卤素、C1-4烷基、C2-4卤代烷基、C2-4烯基、C2-4卤代烯基、C2-4炔基、C3-6环烷基、3-至8-元杂环基、芳基、杂芳基、CN、C(O)Rg、C(O)ORf、C(O)NRdRd、或S(O)2NRdRd;Ra中所述的烷基、环烷基、3-至8-元杂环基、芳基和杂芳基任选地被一个或多个选自下组的基团取代:卤素、C2-4烯基、C2-4炔基、C3-6环烷基、3-至8-元杂环基、芳基、杂芳基、CN、ORf、SRf、NRdRd、C(O)Rg、C(O)ORf、OC(O)Rg、C(O)NRdRd、NRdC(O)Rg、NRdC(O)NRdRd、OC(O)NRdRd、NRdC(O)ORf、OC(O)ORf、S(O)2NRdRd、NRdS(O)2Rg、或NRdS(O)2NRdRd;或Ra中所述的环烷基和3-至8-元杂环基任选地被=T取代,其中,T选自O或CRmRn;Rm和Rn各自独立地选自氢、卤素、或C1-4烷基;each Ra is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 haloalkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 haloalkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 8 -membered heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, CN, C(O) Rg , C(O) ORf , C(O) NRdRd , or S(O) 2NRdRd ; the alkyl , cycloalkyl, 3- to 8-membered heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl described in Ra are optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl , C3-6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 8-membered heterocyclyl, aryl , heteroaryl, CN, ORf, SRf, NRdRd, C(O)Rg , C ( O ) ORf , OC(O) Rg or the cycloalkyl and 3- to 8 - membered heterocyclyl described in Ra are optionally substituted by = T , wherein T is selected from O or CRmRn ; Rm and Rn are each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen , or C1-4 alkyl ;
各个Rb各自独立地选自氢、卤素、C1-4烷基;或两个Rb与其相连的碳原子共同构成C3-6环烷基;各个k各自独立地选自0、1、2、或3;Each R b is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C 1-4 alkyl; or two R b and the carbon atom to which they are attached together form a C 3-6 cycloalkyl; each k is independently selected from 0, 1, 2, or 3;
Rc选自氢、卤素、C1-4烷基、C2-4烯基、C2-4卤代烯基、C2-4炔基、CN、C(O)Rg、C(O)ORf、C(O)NRdRd;所述的烷基、烯基或炔基任选地被一个或多个选自下组的基团取代:卤素、C1-4烷基、C2-4烯基、C2-4炔基、C3-6环烷基、3-至6-元杂环基、CN、ORf、SRf、NRdRd、C(O)Rg、C(O)ORf、OC(O)Rg、C(O)NRdRd、NRdC(O)Rg、S(O)2NRdRd、或NRdS(O)2Rg;R c is selected from hydrogen, halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 haloalkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, CN, C (O) R g , C (O) OR f , C (O) NR d R d ; the alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl is optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, CN, OR f , SR f , NR d R d , C (O) R g , C (O) OR f , OC (O) R g , C (O) NR d R d , NR d C (O) R g , S (O) 2 NR d R d , or NR d S (O) 2 R g ;
各个Rd各自独立地选自氢、卤素、C1-4烷基、C1-4卤代烷基;Each R d is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 haloalkyl;
各个Rd’各自独立地选自氢、卤素、C1-4烷基、C1-4卤代烷基、羟基、C1-4烷氧基、或CN;各个t各自独立地选自0、1、2、3、或4;Each R d' is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 haloalkyl, hydroxy, C 1-4 alkoxy, or CN; each t is independently selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
k1、k2、k3、和k4各自独立地选自0、1、2、3、4或5;k 1 , k 2 , k 3 , and k 4 are each independently selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
D选自化学键、O、NRe、或CRbRb;其中,Re选自氢或C1-4烷基;Rb的定义如上所述;D is selected from a chemical bond, O, NR e , or CR b R b ; wherein, R e is selected from hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl; R b is as defined above;
M选自O或CRhRi;其中,Rh和Ri各自独立地选自氢、卤素、或C1-4烷基;所述的烷基任选地被一个或多个选自下组的基团取代:卤素、C2-4烯基、C2-4炔基、C3-6环烷基、3-至6-元杂环基、芳基、杂芳基、CN、ORf、SRf、NRdRd、C(O)Rg、C(O)ORf、OC(O)Rg、C(O)NRdRd、NRdC(O)Rg、NRdC(O)NRdRd、OC(O)NRdRd、NRdC(O)ORf、OC(O)ORf、S(O)2NRdRd、NRdS(O)2Rg、或NRdS(O)2NRdRd;或Rh和Ri与其连接的碳原子一起形成3-至-8元环状结构,此环状结构任选地含有0、1、或2个选自N、O、S的杂原子;M is selected from O or CR h R i ; wherein R h and R i are each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, or C 1-4 alkyl; the alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, CN, OR f , SR f , NR d R d , C(O)R g , C(O)OR f , OC(O)R g , C(O)NR d R d , NR d C(O)R g , NR d C(O)NR d R d , OC(O)NR d R d , NR d C(O)OR f , OC(O)OR f , S(O) 2 NR d R d , NR d S(O) 2 R g , or NR d S(O) 2 NR d R d ; or R h and R i together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a 3- to -8-membered cyclic structure, which optionally contains 0, 1, or 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, S;
X1、X2、X3、X4、和X5各自独立地选自N或CRk;前提条件是,X1、X2、X3、X4、和X5中最多二个选自N;各个Rk各自独立地选自氢、卤素、C2-4烯基、C2-4炔基、C3-6环烷基、3-至6-元杂环基、CN、ORf、SRf、NRdRd、C(O)Rg、或C(O)ORf; X1 , X2 , X3 , X4 , and X5 are each independently selected from N or CRk ; provided that at most two of X1 , X2 , X3 , X4 , and X5 are selected from N; each Rk is each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, CN, ORf , SRf , NRdRd , C(O) Rg , or C(O) ORf ;
上述各个Rd各自独立地选自氢、C1-4烷基、C1-4卤代烷基、C3-6环烷基、或3-至6-元杂环基;各个Rf各自独立地选自氢、C1-4烷基、C1-4卤代烷基、C3-6环烷基、3-至6-元杂环基、芳基、或杂芳基;各个Rg各自独立地选自氢、C1-4烷基、C1-4卤代烷基、C2-4烯基、C2-4炔基、C3-6环烷基、3-至6-元杂环基、芳基、或杂芳基;Each of the above R d is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 haloalkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, or 3- to 6-membered heterocyclyl; each of the R f is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 haloalkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; each of the R g is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 haloalkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl;
其中,各个上述的烷基、烯基、炔基、环烷基、杂环基、环状结构、芳基和杂芳基任选地且各自独立地被1-3个各自独立地选自下组的取代基取代:卤素、C1-4烷基、C1-4卤代烷基、C2-4烯基、C2-4炔基、C3-8环烷基、3-至8-元杂环基、芳基、杂芳基、CN、NO2、ORf、SRf、NRdRd、C(O)Rg、C(O)ORf、C(O)NRdRd、NRdC(O)Rg、S(O)2Rg、或NRdS(O)2Rg,前提条件是所形成的化学结构是稳定的和有意义的;其中,Rd、Rf、和Rg的定义如上所述;wherein each of the above-mentioned alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic group, cyclic structure, aryl and heteroaryl groups is optionally and independently substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 haloalkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, 3- to 8-membered heterocyclic group, aryl, heteroaryl, CN, NO 2 , OR f , SR f , NR d R d , C(O) R g , C(O)OR f , C(O)NR d R d , NR d C(O) R g , S(O) 2 R g , or NR d S(O) 2 R g , provided that the chemical structure formed is stable and meaningful; wherein R d , R f , and R g are as defined above;
除非特别说明,上述的芳基为含有6-12个碳原子的芳香基团;杂芳基为5-至15-元杂芳香基团;环状结构为饱和的或不饱和的、含杂原子或不含杂原子的环状基团。Unless otherwise specified, the above-mentioned aryl group is an aromatic group containing 6 to 12 carbon atoms; the heteroaryl group is a 5- to 15-membered heteroaromatic group; and the cyclic structure is a saturated or unsaturated cyclic group containing or not containing heteroatoms.
在另一优选例中,所述的式(I)为式(IIa)或式(IIb):
In another preferred embodiment, the formula (I) is formula (IIa) or formula (IIb):
式(IIa)或式(IIb)中各基团的定义如上文所述。The definitions of the groups in formula (IIa) or (IIb) are as described above.
在另一优选例中,所述的式(I)为式(IIc)或式(IId):
In another preferred embodiment, the formula (I) is formula (IIc) or formula (IId):
各个Ra各自独立地选自氢、卤素、C1-4烷基、C2-4卤代烷基、C2-4烯基、C2-4卤代烯基、C2-4炔基、C3-6环烷基、3-至8-元杂环基、芳基、杂芳基、CN、C(O)Rg、C(O)ORf、或C(O)NRdRd;Ra中所述的烷基、环烷基、3-至8-元杂环基、芳基和杂芳基任选地被一个或多个选自下组的基团取代:卤素、C2-4烯基、C2-4卤代烯基、C2-4炔基、C3-6环烷基、3-至8-元杂环基、芳基、杂芳基、CN、ORf、SRf、NRdRd、C(O)Rg、C(O)ORf、OC(O)Rg、C(O)NRdRd、NRdC(O)Rg、或NRdS(O)2Rg;或Ra中所述的环烷基和3-至8-元杂环基任选地被=T取代,其中,T选自CRmRn;Rm和Rn各自独立地选自氢、卤素、或C1-4烷基;each Ra is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 haloalkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 haloalkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 8-membered heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, CN, C(O) Rg , C(O) ORf , or C( O ) NRdRd ; the alkyl, cycloalkyl, 3- to 8-membered heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl described in Ra are optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 haloalkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 8-membered heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, CN, ORf , SRf , NRdRd , C(O) Rg , C(O) ORf , OC (O) Rg , C(O)NR d R d , NR d C(O) R g , or NR d S(O) 2 R g ; or the cycloalkyl and 3- to 8-membered heterocyclyl described in Ra are optionally substituted by =T, wherein T is selected from CR m R n ; R m and R n are each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, or C 1-4 alkyl;
Rd、Rf、和Rg的定义如上文中所述。R d , R f , and R g are as defined above.
在另一优选例中,所述的式(I)为式(IIe)或式(IIf):
In another preferred embodiment, the formula (I) is formula (IIe) or formula (IIf):
各个Ra各自独立地选自氢、卤素、C1-4烷基、C2-4卤代烷基、C2-4烯基、C2-4卤代烯基、C2- 4炔基、C3-6环烷基、3-至8-元杂环基、芳基、杂芳基、CN、C(O)Rg、C(O)ORf、或C(O)NRdRd;Ra中所述的烷基、环烷基、3-至8-元杂环基、芳基和杂芳基任选地被一个或多个选自下组的基团取代:卤素、C3-6环烷基、3-至8-元杂环基、芳基、杂芳基、CN、ORf、NRdRd;或Ra中所述环烷基和3-至8-元杂环基任选地被=T取代,其中,T选自CRmRn;Rm和Rn各自独立地选自氢、卤素、或C1-4烷基;each Ra is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 haloalkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 haloalkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 8-membered heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, CN, C(O) Rg , C(O) ORf , or C(O) NRdRd ; the alkyl, cycloalkyl, 3- to 8-membered heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl described in Ra are optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, C3-6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 8-membered heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, CN, ORf , NRdRd ; or the cycloalkyl and 3- to 8-membered heterocyclyl described in Ra are optionally substituted with =T, wherein T is selected from CRmRn ; Rm and Rn are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, or C1-4 alkyl;
Rd、Rf、和Rg的定义如上文中所述。R d , R f , and R g are as defined above.
在另一优选例中,所述的式(IIe)或式(IIf)中各个Ra各自独立地为选自下组的基团:
In another preferred embodiment, each Ra in the formula (IIe) or formula (IIf) is independently a group selected from the following group:
在另一优选例中,所述的式(I)为式(IIIa)或式(IIIb):
In another preferred embodiment, the formula (I) is formula (IIIa) or formula (IIIb):
各个Ra各自独立地选自氢、卤素、C1-4烷基、C2-4卤代烷基、C2-4烯基、C2-4卤代烯基、C2-4炔基、C3-6环烷基、3-至8-元杂环基、芳基、杂芳基、CN、C(O)Rg、C(O)ORf、或C(O)NRdRd;Ra中所述的烷基、环烷基、3-至8-元杂环基、芳基和杂芳基任选地被一个或多个选自下组的基团取代:卤素、C2-4烯基、C2-4卤代烯基、C2-4炔基、C3-6环烷基、3-至8-元杂环基、芳基、杂芳基、CN、ORf、SRf、NRdRd、C(O)Rg、C(O)ORf、OC(O)Rg、C(O)NRdRd、NRdC(O)Rg、或NRdS(O)2Rg;或Ra中所述的环烷基和3-至8-元杂环基任选地被=T取代,其中,T选自CRmRn;Rm和Rn各自独立地选自氢、卤素、或C1-4烷基;each Ra is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 haloalkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 haloalkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 8-membered heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, CN, C(O) Rg , C(O) ORf , or C( O ) NRdRd ; the alkyl, cycloalkyl, 3- to 8-membered heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl described in Ra are optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 haloalkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 8-membered heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, CN, ORf , SRf , NRdRd , C(O) Rg , C(O) ORf , OC (O) Rg , C(O)NR d R d , NR d C(O) R g , or NR d S(O) 2 R g ; or the cycloalkyl and 3- to 8-membered heterocyclyl described in Ra are optionally substituted by =T, wherein T is selected from CR m R n ; R m and R n are each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, or C 1-4 alkyl;
Rd、Rf、和Rg的定义如上文中所述。R d , R f , and R g are as defined above.
在另一优选例中,所述的式(IIIa)或式(IIIb)中各个Ra各自独立地选自氢、卤素、C1-4烷基、C2-4卤代烷基、C2-4烯基、C2-4卤代烯基、C2-4炔基、C3-6环烷基、3-至8-元杂环基、芳基、杂芳基、CN、C(O)Rg、C(O)ORf、或C(O)NRdRd;Ra中所述的烷基、环烷基、3-至8-元杂环基、芳基和杂芳基任选地被一个或多个选自下组的基团取代:卤素、C3-6环烷基、3-至8-元杂环基、芳基、杂芳基、CN、ORf、NRdRd;或Ra中所述环烷基和3-至8-元杂环基任选地被=T取代,其中,T选自CRmRn;Rm和Rn各自独立地选自氢、卤素、或C1-4烷基;In another preferred embodiment, each Ra in Formula (IIIa) or (IIIb) is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 haloalkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 haloalkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 8-membered heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, CN, C(O) Rg , C(O) ORf , or C(O) NRdRd ; the alkyl , cycloalkyl, 3- to 8-membered heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl in Ra are optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, C3-6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 8-membered heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, CN, ORf , NRdRd ; or the cycloalkyl and 3- to 8-membered heterocyclyl in Ra are optionally substituted by =T, wherein T is selected from CRmRn ; Rm and R n are each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, or C 1-4 alkyl;
Rd、Rf、和Rg的定义如上文中所述。R d , R f , and R g are as defined above.
在另一优选例中,所述的式(IIIa)或式(IIIb)中各个Ra各自独立地选自小组基团:
In another preferred embodiment, each Ra in the formula (IIIa) or formula (IIIb) is independently selected from the group consisting of:
在另一优选例中,所述的式(I)为式(IVa)或式(IVb):
In another preferred embodiment, the formula (I) is formula (IVa) or formula (IVb):
式(IVa)或式(IVb)中各个基团的定义如上文中所述。The definitions of the various groups in formula (IVa) or formula (IVb) are as described above.
在另一优选例中,所述的式(I)为式(V):
In another preferred embodiment, the formula (I) is formula (V):
Rc选自卤素、C1-4烷基、C2-4烯基、C2-4炔基、CN、C(O)Rg、C(O)ORf、C(O)NRdRd;所述的烷基、烯基或炔基任选地被一个或多个选自下组的基团取代:卤素、C1-4烷基、C2-4烯基、C2-4炔基、C3-6环烷基、3-至6-元杂环基、CN、ORf、SRf、NRdRd、C(O)Rg、C(O)ORf、OC(O)Rg、C(O)NRdRd、NRdC(O)Rg、或NRdS(O)2Rg;R c is selected from halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, CN, C(O)R g , C(O)OR f , C(O)NR d R d ; the alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl is optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, CN, OR f , SR f , NR d R d , C(O)R g , C(O)OR f , OC(O)R g , C(O)NR d R d , NR d C(O)R g , or NR d S(O) 2 R g ;
k1选自1、2、3、或4; k1 is selected from 1, 2, 3, or 4;
Rd’、t的定义如上文中所述;R d' , t are defined as above;
Rd、Rf、和Rg的定义如上文中所述。R d , R f , and R g are as defined above.
在另一优选例中,所述的式(I)为式(VIa)或式(VIb):
In another preferred embodiment, the formula (I) is formula (VIa) or formula (VIb):
式(VIa)或式(VIb)中各个基团的定义如上文中所述。The definitions of the various groups in formula (VIa) or formula (VIb) are as described above.
在另一优选例中,所述的式(I)为式(VIIa)或式(VIIb):
In another preferred embodiment, the formula (I) is formula (VIIa) or formula (VIIb):
式(VIIa)或式(VIIb)中各个基团的定义如上文中所述。The definitions of the various groups in formula (VIIa) or formula (VIIb) are as described above.
在另一优选例中,所述的式(I)为式(VIIIa)或式(VIIIb):
In another preferred embodiment, the formula (I) is formula (VIIIa) or formula (VIIIb):
X1、X2、X3、X4、和X5各自独立地选自N或CRk;前提条件是,X1、X2、X3、X4、和X5中最多二个选自N;各个Rk各自独立地选自氢、卤素、C2-4烯基、C2-4炔基、C3-6环烷基、3-至6-元杂环基、CN、ORf、SRf、NRdRd、C(O)Rg、或C(O)ORf; X1 , X2 , X3 , X4 , and X5 are each independently selected from N or CRk ; provided that at most two of X1 , X2 , X3 , X4 , and X5 are selected from N; each Rk is each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, CN, ORf , SRf , NRdRd , C(O) Rg , or C(O) ORf ;
Rd、Rf、和Rg的定义如上文中所述。R d , R f , and R g are as defined above.
在另一优选例中,所述的化合物选自下组:
In another preferred embodiment, the compound is selected from the following group:
“*”表示手性中心。“*” indicates a chiral center.
本发明的第二方面,提供了一种药物组合物,其包含本发明第一方面所述的化合物,或其光学异构体,药学上可接受的盐,前药,氘代衍生物,水合物,溶剂合物,以及药学上可接受的载体。The second aspect of the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound described in the first aspect of the present invention, or its optical isomers, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, deuterated derivatives, hydrates, solvates, and pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
本发明的第二方面,提供了一种本发明第一方面所述的化合物,或其光学异构体,药学上可接受的盐,前药,氘代衍生物,水合物,溶剂合物的用途,其用于制备治疗与USP1活性或表达量相关的疾病,病症或病状的药物组合物。The second aspect of the present invention provides a use of the compound described in the first aspect of the present invention, or its optical isomers, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, deuterated derivatives, hydrates, solvates, for preparing a pharmaceutical composition for treating diseases, disorders or conditions associated with USP1 activity or expression.
在另一优选例中,所述的疾病,病症或病状选自下组:乳腺癌、非小细胞肺癌、小细胞肺癌、肺腺癌、肺鳞癌、结肠癌、结直肠癌、甲状腺癌、胚胎性横纹肌肉瘤、皮肤颗粒细胞肿瘤、黑色素瘤、肝癌、直肠癌、膀胱癌、咽喉癌、胰腺癌、前列腺癌、神经胶质细胞瘤、卵巢癌、子宫内膜癌、头颈部鳞癌、宫颈癌、食管癌、肾癌、皮肤癌、胃癌、间皮瘤、骨肉瘤、急性髓系白血病、骨髓纤维化、B细胞淋巴瘤、T细胞淋巴瘤、单核细胞白血病、嗜酸性白细胞增多综合征、多发性骨髓瘤等各种实体瘤和血液瘤。In another preferred embodiment, the disease, disorder or condition is selected from the following group: breast cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, small cell lung cancer, lung adenocarcinoma, lung squamous cell carcinoma, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, thyroid cancer, embryonal rhabdomyosarcoma, cutaneous granular cell tumor, melanoma, liver cancer, rectal cancer, bladder cancer, pharyngeal cancer, pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer, glioma, ovarian cancer, endometrial cancer, head and neck squamous cell carcinoma, cervical cancer, esophageal cancer, kidney cancer, skin cancer, gastric cancer, mesothelioma, osteosarcoma, acute myeloid leukemia, myelofibrosis, B-cell lymphoma, T-cell lymphoma, monocytic leukemia, eosinophilic syndrome, multiple myeloma and other solid tumors and blood tumors.
本发明人经过长期而深入的研究,意外地发现了一类结构新颖的USP1抑制剂,以及它们的制备方法和应用。本发明化合物可以应用于与所述USP1的活性相关的各种疾病的治疗。基于上述发现,发明人完成了本发明。 After long-term and in-depth research, the inventors unexpectedly discovered a class of USP1 inhibitors with novel structures, as well as their preparation methods and applications. The compounds of the present invention can be used to treat various diseases related to the activity of the USP1. Based on the above findings, the inventors completed the present invention.
术语the term
除特别说明之处,本文中提到的“或”具有与“和/或”相同的意义(指“或”以及“和”)。Unless otherwise specified, "or" mentioned in this document has the same meaning as "and/or" (referring to "or" and "and").
除特别说明之处,本发明的所有化合物之中,各手性碳原子(手性中心)可以任选地为R构型或S构型,或R构型和S构型的混合物。Unless otherwise specified, in all compounds of the present invention, each chiral carbon atom (chiral center) may be optionally in the R configuration or the S configuration, or a mixture of the R configuration and the S configuration.
如本文所用,在单独或作为其他取代基一部分时,术语“烷基”指只含碳原子的直链(即,无支链)或支链饱和烃基,或直链和支链组合的基团。当烷基前具有碳原子数限定(如C1-10)时,指所述的烷基含有1-10个碳原子。例如,C1-8烷基指含有1-8个碳原子的烷基,包括甲基、乙基、丙基、异丙基、丁基、异丁基、仲丁基、叔丁基、或类似基团。As used herein, the term "alkyl" refers to a straight chain (i.e., unbranched) or branched saturated hydrocarbon group containing only carbon atoms, or a combination of straight and branched hydrocarbon groups, when used alone or as part of other substituents. When the alkyl group is preceded by a carbon number limit (e.g., C 1-10 ), it means that the alkyl group contains 1-10 carbon atoms. For example, C 1-8 alkyl refers to an alkyl group containing 1-8 carbon atoms, including methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, or similar groups.
如本文所用,在单独或作为其他取代基一部分时,术语“烯基”是指直链或支链,具有至少一个碳-碳双键的碳链基团。烯基可以是取代的或未取代的。当烯基前具有碳原子数限定(如C2-8)时,指所述的烯基含有2-8个碳原子。例如,C2-8烯基指含有2-8个碳原子烯基,包括乙烯基、丙烯基、1,2-丁烯基、2,3-丁烯基、丁二烯基、或类似基团。As used herein, the term "alkenyl" refers to a linear or branched carbon chain group having at least one carbon-carbon double bond, either alone or as part of another substituent. Alkenyl groups may be substituted or unsubstituted. When the number of carbon atoms before the alkenyl group is limited (e.g., C 2-8 ), it means that the alkenyl group contains 2-8 carbon atoms. For example, C 2-8 alkenyl refers to an alkenyl group containing 2-8 carbon atoms, including vinyl, propenyl, 1,2-butenyl, 2,3-butenyl, butadienyl, or similar groups.
如本文所用,在单独或作为其他取代基一部分时,术语“炔基”是指具有至少一个碳-碳三键的脂肪族碳氢基团。所述的炔基可以是直链或支链的,或其组合。当炔基前具有碳原子数限定(如C2-8炔基)时,指所述的炔基含有2-8个碳原子。例如,术语“C2-8炔基”指具有2-8个碳原子的直链或支链炔基,包括乙炔基、丙炔基、异丙炔基、丁炔基、异丁炔基、仲丁炔基、叔丁炔基、或类似基团。As used herein, the term "alkynyl" refers to an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, either alone or as part of another substituent. The alkynyl group may be straight or branched, or a combination thereof. When the alkynyl group is preceded by a carbon number limit (e.g., C2-8 alkynyl), the alkynyl group contains 2-8 carbon atoms. For example, the term " C2-8 alkynyl" refers to a straight or branched alkynyl group having 2-8 carbon atoms, including ethynyl, propynyl, isopropynyl, butynyl, isobutynyl, sec-butynyl, tert-butynyl, or the like.
如本文所用,在单独或作为其他取代基一部分时,术语“环烷基”指具有饱和的或部分饱和的单元环,二环或多环(稠环、桥环或螺环)环系基团。当某个环烷基前具有碳原子数限定(如C3-10)时,指所述的环烷基含有3-10个碳原子。在一些优选实施例中,术语“C3-8环烷基”指具有3-8个碳原子的饱和或部分不饱和的单环或二环烷基,包括环丙基、环丁基、环戊基、环庚基、或类似基团。“螺环烷基”指单环之间共用一个碳原子(称螺原子)的二环或多环基团,这些可以含有一个或多个双键,但没有一个环具有完全共轭的π电子系统。“稠环烷基”指系统中的每个环与体系中的其他环共享毗邻的一对碳原子的全碳二环或多环基团,其中一个或多个环可以含有一个或多个双键,但没有一个环具有完全共轭的π电子系统。“桥环烷基”指任意两个环共用两个不直接连接的碳原子的全碳多环基团,这些可以含有一个或多个双键,但没有一个环具有完全共轭的π电子系统。所述环烷基所含原子全部为碳原子。如下是环烷基的一些例子,本发明并不仅局限下述的环烷基。
As used herein, when used alone or as part of other substituents, the term "cycloalkyl" refers to a saturated or partially saturated unit ring, a bicyclic or polycyclic (condensed, bridged or spiro) ring system group. When a cycloalkyl group is preceded by a carbon atom number limit (such as C 3-10 ), it means that the cycloalkyl group contains 3-10 carbon atoms. In some preferred embodiments, the term "C 3-8 cycloalkyl" refers to a saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic or bicyclic alkyl group with 3-8 carbon atoms, including cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cycloheptyl, or similar groups. "Spirocycloalkyl" refers to a bicyclic or polycyclic group in which a carbon atom (called a spiro atom) is shared between monocyclic rings, which may contain one or more double bonds, but none of the rings has a completely conjugated π electron system. "Condensed cycloalkyl" refers to a full carbon bicyclic or polycyclic group in which each ring in the system shares a pair of adjacent carbon atoms with other rings in the system, wherein one or more rings may contain one or more double bonds, but none of the rings has a completely conjugated π electron system. "Bridged cycloalkyl" refers to an all-carbon polycyclic group in which any two rings share two carbon atoms that are not directly connected, which may contain one or more double bonds, but none of the rings has a completely conjugated π electron system. The atoms contained in the cycloalkyl are all carbon atoms. The following are some examples of cycloalkyl groups, and the present invention is not limited to the following cycloalkyl groups.
除非有相反陈述,否则下列用在说明书和权利要求书中的术语具有下述含义。“芳基”指具有共轭的π电子体系的全碳单环或稠合多环(也就是共享毗邻碳原子对的环)基团,例如苯基和萘基。所述芳基环可以稠合于其它环状基团(包括饱和和不饱和环),但不能含有杂原子如氮,氧,或硫,同时连接母体的点必须在具有共轭的π电子体系的环上的碳原子上。芳基可以是取代的或未取代的。如下是芳基的一些例子,本发明并不仅局限下述的芳基。
Unless otherwise stated, the following terms used in the specification and claims have the following meanings. "Aryl" refers to an all-carbon monocyclic or fused polycyclic (i.e., rings that share adjacent pairs of carbon atoms) group with a conjugated π electron system, such as phenyl and naphthyl. The aryl ring can be fused to other cyclic groups (including saturated and unsaturated rings), but cannot contain heteroatoms such as nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, and the point of attachment to the parent must be on a carbon atom on the ring with a conjugated π electron system. Aryl groups can be substituted or unsubstituted. The following are some examples of aryl groups, and the present invention is not limited to the aryl groups described below.
“杂芳基”指包含一个到多个杂原子(任选自氮、氧和硫)的具有芳香性的单环或多环基团,或者包含杂环基(含一个到多个杂原子任选自氮、氧和硫)与芳基稠合形成的多环基团,且连接位点位于芳基上。杂芳基可以是任选取代的或未取代的。如下是杂芳基的一些例子,本发明并不仅局限下述的杂芳基。
"Heteroaryl" refers to a monocyclic or polycyclic group with aromaticity containing one to multiple heteroatoms (optionally selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur), or a polycyclic group formed by condensing a heterocyclic group (containing one to multiple heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur) with an aryl group, and the connection site is located on the aryl group. The heteroaryl group can be optionally substituted or unsubstituted. The following are some examples of heteroaryl groups, and the present invention is not limited to the following heteroaryl groups.
“杂环基”指饱和或部分不饱和单环或多环环状烃取代基,其中一个或多个环原子选自氮、氧或硫,其余环原子为碳。单环杂环基的非限制性实施例包含吡咯烷基、哌啶基、哌嗪基、吗啉基、硫代吗啉基、高哌嗪基。多环杂环基指包括螺环、稠环和桥环的杂环基。“螺环杂环基”指系统中的每个环与体系中的其他环之间共用一个原子(称螺原子)的多环杂环基团,其中一个或多个环原子选自氮、氧或硫,其余环原子为碳。“稠环杂环基”指系统中的每个环与体系中的其他环共享毗邻的一对原子的多环杂环基团,一个或多个环可以含有一个或多个双键,但没有一个环具有完全共轭的π电子系统,而且其中一个或多个环原子选自氮、氧或硫,其余环原子为碳。“桥环杂环基”指任意两个环共用两个不直接连接的原子的多环杂环基团,这些可以含有一个或多个双键,但没有一个环具有完全共轭的π电子系统,而且其中一个或多个环原子选自氮、氧或硫,其余环原子为碳。如果杂环基里同时有饱和环和芳环存在(比如说饱和环和芳环稠合在一起),连接到母体的点一定是在饱和的环上。注:当连接到母体的点在芳环上时,称为杂芳基,不称为杂环基。如下是杂环基的一些例子,本发明并不仅局限下述的杂环基。
"Heterocyclyl" refers to a saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic or polycyclic cyclic hydrocarbon substituent, wherein one or more ring atoms are selected from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, and the remaining ring atoms are carbon. Non-limiting examples of monocyclic heterocyclyls include pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, homopiperazinyl. Polycyclic heterocyclyls refer to heterocyclyls including spiro, condensed rings and bridged rings. "Spirocyclic heterocyclyl" refers to a polycyclic heterocyclic group in which each ring in the system shares an atom (called a spiro atom) with other rings in the system, wherein one or more ring atoms are selected from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, and the remaining ring atoms are carbon. "Condensed ring heterocyclyl" refers to a polycyclic heterocyclic group in which each ring in the system shares a pair of adjacent atoms with other rings in the system, one or more rings may contain one or more double bonds, but no ring has a completely conjugated π electron system, and wherein one or more ring atoms are selected from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, and the remaining ring atoms are carbon. "Bridged heterocyclic group" refers to a polycyclic heterocyclic group in which any two rings share two atoms that are not directly connected. These may contain one or more double bonds, but none of the rings has a completely conjugated π-electron system, and one or more of the ring atoms are selected from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, and the remaining ring atoms are carbon. If there are both saturated rings and aromatic rings in the heterocyclic group (for example, a saturated ring and an aromatic ring are fused together), the point of connection to the parent must be on the saturated ring. Note: When the point of connection to the parent is on the aromatic ring, it is called a heteroaryl group, not a heterocyclic group. The following are some examples of heterocyclic groups, and the present invention is not limited to the following heterocyclic groups.
如本文所用,在单独或作为其他取代基一部分时,术语“卤素”指F、Cl、Br和I。As used herein, the term "halogen" by itself or as part of another substituent refers to F, Cl, Br and I.
如本文所用,术语“取代”(在有或无“任意地”修饰时)指特定的基团上的一个或多个氢原子被特定的取代基所取代。特定的取代基为在前文中相应描述的取代基,或各实施例中所出现的取代基。除非特别说明,某个任意取代的基团可以在该基团的任何可取代的位点上具有一个选自特定组的取代基,所述的取代基在各个位置上可以是相同或不同的。环状取代基,例如杂环基,可以与另一个环相连,例如环烷基,从而形成螺二环系,即两个环具有一个共用碳原子。本领域技术人员应理解,本发明所预期的取代基的组合是那些稳定的或化学上可实现的组合。所述取代基例如(但并不限于):C1-8烷基、C2-8烯基、C2-8炔基、C3- 8环烷基、3-至12-元杂环基,芳基、杂芳基、卤素、羟基、羧基(-COOH)、C1-8醛基、C2-10酰基、C2-10酯基、氨基。As used herein, the term "substituted" (with or without the "arbitrarily" modifier) refers to the replacement of one or more hydrogen atoms on a specific group with a specific substituent. The specific substituent is a substituent described accordingly in the foregoing text, or a substituent appearing in the embodiments. Unless otherwise specified, a certain arbitrarily substituted group may have a substituent selected from a specific group at any substitutable site of the group, and the substituent may be the same or different at each position. A cyclic substituent, such as a heterocyclic group, may be connected to another ring, such as a cycloalkyl group, to form a spirobicyclic system, i.e., two rings have a common carbon atom. It will be understood by those skilled in the art that the combinations of substituents contemplated by the present invention are those that are stable or chemically feasible. The substituents include, but are not limited to, C1-8 alkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, C2-8 alkynyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, 3- to 12 -membered heterocyclic group, aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl (-COOH), C1-8 aldehyde, C2-10 acyl, C2-10 ester, and amino.
为了方便以及符合常规理解,术语“任意取代”或“任选取代”只适用于能够被取代基所取代的位点,而不包括那些化学上不能实现的取代。For the sake of convenience and in accordance with common understanding, the term "arbitrary substitution" or "optionally substituted" only applies to sites that can be substituted by substituents, and does not include those substitutions that are chemically unfeasible.
如本文所用,除非特别说明,术语“药学上可接受的盐”指适合与对象(例如,人)的组织接触,而不会产生不适度的副作用的盐。在一些实施例中,本发明的某一化合物的药学上可接受的盐包括具有酸性基团的本发明的化合物的盐(例如,钾盐,钠盐,镁盐,钙盐)或具有碱性基团的本发明的化合物的盐(例如,硫酸盐,盐酸盐,磷酸盐,硝酸盐,碳酸盐)。As used herein, unless otherwise specified, the term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" refers to a salt that is suitable for contact with the tissue of a subject (e.g., a human) without producing undue side effects. In some embodiments, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound of the present invention includes a salt of a compound of the present invention having an acidic group (e.g., potassium salt, sodium salt, magnesium salt, calcium salt) or a salt of a compound of the present invention having a basic group (e.g., sulfate, hydrochloride, phosphate, nitrate, carbonate).
用途:use:
本发明提供了一类式(I)化合物,或它们的氘代衍生物、它们的盐、异构体(对映异构体或非对映异构体,如果存在的情况下)、水合物、可药用载体或赋形剂用于抑制USP1的用途。The present invention provides a class of compounds of formula (I), or their deuterated derivatives, their salts, isomers (enantiomers or diastereomers, if any), hydrates, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients for use in inhibiting USP1.
本发明化合物可用作一种USP1抑制剂。The compound of the present invention is useful as a USP1 inhibitor.
本发明是USP1的单一抑制剂,通过调节USP1的活性达到预防、缓解或治愈疾病的目的。所指疾病包括但不限于:乳腺癌、非小细胞肺癌、小细胞肺癌、肺腺癌、肺鳞癌、结肠癌、结直肠癌、甲状腺癌、胚胎性横纹肌肉瘤、皮肤颗粒细胞肿瘤、黑色素瘤、肝癌、直肠癌、膀胱癌、咽喉癌、胰腺癌、前列腺癌、神经胶质细胞瘤、卵巢癌、子宫内膜癌、头颈部鳞癌、宫颈癌、食管癌、肾癌、皮肤癌、胃癌、间皮瘤、骨肉瘤、急性髓系白血病、骨髓纤维化、B细胞淋巴瘤、T细胞淋巴瘤、单核细胞白血病、嗜酸性白细胞增多综合征、多发性骨髓瘤等各种实体瘤和血液瘤。The present invention is a single inhibitor of USP1, which can prevent, alleviate or cure diseases by regulating the activity of USP1. The diseases include, but are not limited to, breast cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, small cell lung cancer, lung adenocarcinoma, lung squamous cell carcinoma, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, thyroid cancer, embryonal rhabdomyosarcoma, skin granular cell tumor, melanoma, liver cancer, rectal cancer, bladder cancer, pharyngeal cancer, pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer, glioma, ovarian cancer, endometrial cancer, head and neck squamous cell carcinoma, cervical cancer, esophageal cancer, kidney cancer, skin cancer, gastric cancer, mesothelioma, osteosarcoma, acute myeloid leukemia, myelofibrosis, B cell lymphoma, T cell lymphoma, monocytic leukemia, eosinophilic syndrome, multiple myeloma and other solid tumors and blood tumors.
可将本发明化合物及其氘代衍生物,以及药学上可接受的盐或其异构体(如果存在的情况下)或其水合物和/或组合物与药学上可接受的赋形剂或载体配制在一起,得到的组合物可在体内给予哺乳动物,例如男人、妇女和动物,用于治疗病症、症状和疾病。组合物可以是:片剂、丸剂、混悬剂、溶液剂、乳剂、胶囊、气雾剂、无菌注射液。无菌粉末等。一些实施例中,药学上可接受的赋形剂包括微晶纤维素、乳糖、柠檬酸钠、碳酸钙、磷酸氢钙、甘露醇、羟丙基-β-环糊精、β-环糊精(增加)、甘氨酸、崩解剂(如淀粉、交联羧甲基纤维素钠、复合硅酸盐和高分子聚乙二醇),造粒粘合剂(如聚乙烯吡咯烷酮、蔗糖、明胶和阿拉伯胶)和润滑剂(如硬脂酸镁、甘油和滑石粉)。在优选的实施方式中,所述药物组合物是适于口服的剂型,包括但不限于片剂、溶液剂、混悬液、胶囊剂、颗粒剂、粉剂。向患者施用本发明化合物或药物组合物的量不固定,通常按药用有效量给药。同时,实际给予的化合物的量可由医师根据实际情况决定,包括治疗的病症、选择的给药途径、给予的实际化合物、患者的个体情况等。本发明化合物的剂量取决于治疗的具体用途、给药方式、患者状态、医师判断。本发明化合物在药物组合物中的比例或浓度取决于多种因素,包括剂量、理化性质、给药途径等。The compounds of the present invention and their deuterated derivatives, as well as pharmaceutically acceptable salts or isomers thereof (if present) or hydrates thereof and/or compositions can be formulated with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients or carriers, and the resulting compositions can be administered to mammals, such as men, women and animals, in vivo for the treatment of conditions, symptoms and diseases. The compositions can be tablets, pills, suspensions, solutions, emulsions, capsules, aerosols, sterile injections, sterile powders, etc. In some embodiments, pharmaceutically acceptable excipients include microcrystalline cellulose, lactose, sodium citrate, calcium carbonate, calcium hydrogen phosphate, mannitol, hydroxypropyl-β-cyclodextrin, β-cyclodextrin (increased), glycine, disintegrants (such as starch, cross-linked sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, complex silicates and high molecular weight polyethylene glycol), granulation binders (such as polyvinyl pyrrolidone, sucrose, gelatin and gum arabic) and lubricants (such as magnesium stearate, glycerol and talc). In a preferred embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition is a dosage form suitable for oral administration, including but not limited to tablets, solutions, suspensions, capsules, granules, and powders. The amount of the compound of the present invention or the pharmaceutical composition administered to the patient is not fixed, and is usually administered in a pharmaceutically effective amount. At the same time, the amount of the compound actually administered can be determined by the physician according to actual conditions, including the disease to be treated, the selected route of administration, the actual compound administered, the individual conditions of the patient, etc. The dosage of the compound of the present invention depends on the specific use of the treatment, the mode of administration, the patient's state, and the physician's judgment. The ratio or concentration of the compound of the present invention in the pharmaceutical composition depends on various factors, including dosage, physicochemical properties, route of administration, etc.
应理解,在本发明范围内中,本发明的上述各技术特征和在下文(如实施例)中具体描述的各技术特征之间都可以互相组合,从而构成新的或优选的技术方案。It should be understood that within the scope of the present invention, the above-mentioned technical features of the present invention and the technical features specifically described below (such as embodiments) can be combined with each other to form new or preferred technical solutions.
药物组合物和施用方法Pharmaceutical compositions and methods of administration
由于本发明化合物具有优异的对USP1的抑制活性,因此本发明化合物及其各种晶型,药学上可接受的无机或有机盐,水合物或溶剂合物,以及含有本发明化合物为主要活性成分的药物组合物可用于治疗、预防以及缓解与USP1活性或表达量相关的疾病。Since the compounds of the present invention have excellent inhibitory activity against USP1, the compounds of the present invention and their various crystal forms, pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic or organic salts, hydrates or solvates, and pharmaceutical compositions containing the compounds of the present invention as the main active ingredient can be used to treat, prevent and alleviate diseases related to USP1 activity or expression.
本发明的药物组合物包含安全有效量范围内的本发明化合物或其药理上可接受的盐及药理上可以接受的赋形剂或载体。其中“安全有效量”指的是:化合物的量足以明显改善病情,而不至于产生严重的副作用。通常,药物组合物含有1-2000mg本发明化合物/剂,更佳地,含有5-200mg本发明化合物/剂。较佳地,所述的“一剂”为一个胶囊或药片。The pharmaceutical composition of the present invention comprises a safe and effective amount of the compound of the present invention or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof and a pharmacologically acceptable excipient or carrier. Wherein "safe and effective amount" means: the amount of the compound is sufficient to significantly improve the condition without causing serious side effects. Usually, the pharmaceutical composition contains 1-2000 mg of the compound of the present invention per dose, and more preferably, contains 5-200 mg of the compound of the present invention per dose. Preferably, the "one dose" is a capsule or tablet.
“药学上可以接受的载体”指的是:一种或多种相容性固体或液体填料或凝胶物质,它们适合于人使用,而且必须有足够的纯度和足够低的毒性。“相容性”在此指的是组合物中各组份能和本发明的化合物以及它们之间相互掺和,而不明显降低化合物的药效。药学上可以接受的载体部分例子有纤维素及其衍生物(如羧甲基纤维素钠、乙基纤维素钠、纤维素乙酸酯等)、明胶、滑石、固体润滑剂(如硬脂酸、硬脂酸镁)、硫酸钙、植物油(如豆油、芝麻油、花生油、橄榄油等)、多元醇(如丙二醇、甘油、甘露醇、山梨醇等)、乳化剂(如吐温)、润湿剂(如十二烷基硫酸钠)、着色剂、调味剂、稳定剂、抗氧化剂、防腐剂、无热原水等。"Pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" refers to: one or more compatible solid or liquid fillers or gel substances, which are suitable for human use and must have sufficient purity and sufficiently low toxicity. "Compatibility" here means that the components in the composition can be mixed with the compounds of the present invention and with each other without significantly reducing the efficacy of the compounds. Some examples of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include cellulose and its derivatives (such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sodium ethyl cellulose, cellulose acetate, etc.), gelatin, talc, solid lubricants (such as stearic acid, magnesium stearate), calcium sulfate, vegetable oils (such as soybean oil, sesame oil, peanut oil, olive oil, etc.), polyols (such as propylene glycol, glycerol, mannitol, sorbitol, etc.), emulsifiers (such as Tween ), wetting agents (such as sodium lauryl sulfate), colorants, flavoring agents, stabilizers, antioxidants, preservatives, pyrogen-free water, etc.
本发明化合物或药物组合物的施用方式没有特别限制,代表性的施用方式包括(但并不限于):口服、瘤内、直肠、肠胃外(静脉内、肌肉内或皮下)、和局部给药。The administration method of the compound or pharmaceutical composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, and representative administration methods include (but are not limited to): oral, intratumoral, rectal, parenteral (intravenous, intramuscular or subcutaneous), and topical administration.
用于口服给药的固体剂型包括胶囊剂、片剂、丸剂、散剂和颗粒剂。在这些固体剂型中,活性化合物与至少一种常规惰性赋形剂(或载体)混合,如柠檬酸钠或磷酸二钙,或与下述成分混合:(a)填料或增容剂,例如,淀粉、乳糖、蔗糖、葡萄糖、甘露醇和硅酸;(b)粘合剂,例如,羟甲基纤维素、藻酸盐、明胶、聚乙烯基吡咯烷酮、蔗糖和阿拉伯胶;(c)保湿剂,例如,甘油;(d)崩解剂,例如,琼脂、碳酸钙、马铃薯淀粉或木薯淀粉、藻酸、某些复合硅酸盐、和碳酸钠;(e)缓溶剂,例如石蜡;(f)吸收加速剂,例如,季胺化合物; (g)润湿剂,例如鲸蜡醇和单硬脂酸甘油酯;(h)吸附剂,例如,高岭土;和(i)润滑剂,例如,滑石、硬脂酸钙、硬脂酸镁、固体聚乙二醇、十二烷基硫酸钠,或其混合物。胶囊剂、片剂和丸剂中,剂型也可包含缓冲剂。Solid dosage forms for oral administration include capsules, tablets, pills, powders and granules. In these solid dosage forms, the active compound is mixed with at least one conventional inert excipient (or carrier), such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate, or with the following ingredients: (a) fillers or extenders, such as starch, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol and silicic acid; (b) binders, such as hydroxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, sucrose and gum arabic; (c) humectants, such as glycerol; (d) disintegrants, such as agar, calcium carbonate, potato starch or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain complex silicates, and sodium carbonate; (e) solubilizers, such as paraffin; (f) absorption accelerators, such as quaternary ammonium compounds; (g) wetting agents, such as cetyl alcohol and glyceryl monostearate; (h) adsorbents, such as kaolin; and (i) lubricants, such as talc, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, solid polyethylene glycol, sodium lauryl sulfate, or mixtures thereof. In capsules, tablets and pills, the dosage form may also contain a buffer.
固体剂型如片剂、糖丸、胶囊剂、丸剂和颗粒剂可采用包衣和壳材制备,如肠衣和其它本领域公知的材料。它们可包含不透明剂,并且,这种组合物中活性化合物或化合物的释放可以延迟的方式在消化道内的某一部分中释放。可采用的包埋组分的实例是聚合物质和蜡类物质。必要时,活性化合物也可与上述赋形剂中的一种或多种形成微胶囊形式。Solid dosage forms such as tablets, pills, capsules, pills and granules can be prepared using coatings and shell materials, such as enteric coatings and other materials known in the art. They may contain opacifiers, and the release of the active compound or compounds in such compositions may be delayed in a certain part of the digestive tract. Examples of embedding components that can be used are polymeric substances and waxes. If necessary, the active compound can also be formed into microencapsulated form with one or more of the above-mentioned excipients.
用于口服给药的液体剂型包括药学上可接受的乳液、溶液、悬浮液、糖浆或酊剂。除了活性化合物外,液体剂型可包含本领域中常规采用的惰性稀释剂,如水或其它溶剂,增溶剂和乳化剂,例知,乙醇、异丙醇、碳酸乙酯、乙酸乙酯、丙二醇、1,3-丁二醇、二甲基甲酰胺以及油,特别是棉籽油、花生油、玉米胚油、橄榄油、蓖麻油和芝麻油或这些物质的混合物等。Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups or tinctures. In addition to the active compound, the liquid dosage form may contain an inert diluent conventionally used in the art, such as water or other solvents, solubilizers and emulsifiers, for example, ethanol, isopropanol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, propylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, dimethylformamide and oils, in particular cottonseed oil, peanut oil, corn germ oil, olive oil, castor oil and sesame oil or mixtures of these substances.
除了这些惰性稀释剂外,组合物也可包含助剂,如润湿剂、乳化剂和悬浮剂、甜味剂、矫味剂和香料。Besides such inert diluents, the composition may also include adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, and perfuming agents.
除了活性化合物外,悬浮液可包含悬浮剂,例如,乙氧基化异十八烷醇、聚氧乙烯山梨醇和脱水山梨醇酯、微晶纤维素、甲醇铝和琼脂或这些物质的混合物等。Suspensions, in addition to the active compounds, may contain suspending agents such as, for example, ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminum methanol and agar, or mixtures of these substances, and the like.
用于肠胃外注射的组合物可包含生理上可接受的无菌含水或无水溶液、分散液、悬浮液或乳液,和用于重新溶解成无菌的可注射溶液或分散液的无菌粉末。适宜的含水和非水载体、稀释剂、溶剂或赋形剂包括水、乙醇、多元醇及其适宜的混合物。Compositions for parenteral injection may include physiologically acceptable sterile aqueous or anhydrous solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions, and sterile powders for reconstitution into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions. Suitable aqueous and non-aqueous carriers, diluents, solvents or excipients include water, ethanol, polyols and suitable mixtures thereof.
用于局部给药的本发明化合物的剂型包括软膏剂、散剂、贴剂、喷射剂和吸入剂。活性成分在无菌条件下与生理上可接受的载体及任何防腐剂、缓冲剂,或必要时可能需要的推进剂一起混合。Dosage forms for topical administration of the compounds of the invention include ointments, powders, patches, sprays and inhalants. The active ingredient is mixed under sterile conditions with a physiologically acceptable carrier and any preservatives, buffers, or propellants that may be required.
本发明化合物可以单独给药,或者与其他药学上可接受的化合物联合给药。The compounds of the present invention may be administered alone or in combination with other pharmaceutically acceptable compounds.
使用药物组合物时,是将安全有效量的本发明化合物适用于需要治疗的哺乳动物(如人),其中施用时剂量为药学上认为的有效给药剂量,对于60kg体重的人而言,日给药剂量通常为1~2000mg,优选5~500mg。当然,具体剂量还应考虑给药途径、病人健康状况等因素,这些都是熟练医师技能范围之内的。When using the pharmaceutical composition, a safe and effective amount of the compound of the present invention is applied to a mammal (such as a human) in need of treatment, wherein the dosage during administration is a pharmaceutically effective dosage, and for a person weighing 60 kg, the daily dosage is usually 1 to 2000 mg, preferably 5 to 500 mg. Of course, the specific dosage should also take into account factors such as the route of administration and the health status of the patient, which are all within the skill of a skilled physician.
本发明的主要优点包括:The main advantages of the present invention include:
1.提供了一种如式I所示的化合物。1. Provided is a compound as shown in formula I.
2.提供了一种结构新颖的USP1抑制剂,及其制备和应用,所述的抑制剂在极低浓度下即可抑制USP1的活性。2. Provided is a USP1 inhibitor with a novel structure, and its preparation and use. The inhibitor can inhibit the activity of USP1 at extremely low concentrations.
3.提供了一种口服吸收良好的USP1抑制剂。3. Provides a USP1 inhibitor with good oral absorption.
4.提供了一类治疗与USP1活性相关疾病的药物组合物。4. Provided is a pharmaceutical composition for treating diseases associated with USP1 activity.
下面结合具体实施例,进一步阐述本发明。应理解,这些实施例仅用于说明本发明而不用于限制本发明的范围。下列实施例中未注明具体条件的实验方法,通常按照常规条件,或按照制造厂商所建议的条件。除非另外说明,否则百分比和份数按重量计算。 The present invention will be further described below in conjunction with specific examples. It should be understood that these examples are only used to illustrate the present invention and are not intended to limit the scope of the present invention. The experimental methods in the following examples without specifying specific conditions are usually based on conventional conditions or the conditions recommended by the manufacturer. Unless otherwise stated, percentages and parts are calculated by weight.
本发明的部分代表性化合物可以通过下面合成方法制备而得,下述各反应式中,各步骤的试剂和条件可以选用本领域进行该类制备方法常规的试剂或条件,在本发明的化合物结构公开后,上述选择可以由本领域技术人员根据本领域知识进行Some representative compounds of the present invention can be prepared by the following synthetic methods. In the following reaction formulas, the reagents and conditions of each step can be selected from conventional reagents or conditions for such preparation methods in the art. After the structure of the compound of the present invention is disclosed, the above selection can be made by those skilled in the art based on the knowledge in the art.
缩写abbreviation
Boc=叔丁氧羰基Boc=tert-butyloxycarbonyl
CN=氰基CN=cyano
m-CPBA=3-氯过氧苯甲酸m-CPBA=3-chloroperoxybenzoic acid
DCM=二氯甲烷DCM = dichloromethane
DIPEA or DIEA=N,N-二异丙基乙胺DIPEA or DIEA = N,N-diisopropylethylamine
DIBAL-H=二异丁基氢化铝DIBAL-H = Diisobutylaluminum hydride
DMF=N,N-二甲基甲酰胺DMF=N,N-dimethylformamide
DMSO=二甲基亚砜DMSO = dimethyl sulfoxide
DDQ=2,3-二氯-5,6-二氰对苯醌DDQ = 2,3-dichloro-5,6-dicyanobenzoquinone
EtOAc or EA=乙酸乙酯EtOAc or EA=Ethyl acetate
Et=乙基Et=ethyl
HATU=N,N,N′,N′-四甲基-O-(7-氮杂苯并三唑-1-基)六氟磷酸脲)HATU = N,N,N',N'-tetramethyl-O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)urea hexafluorophosphate)
LiHMDS=双三甲基硅基胺基锂LiHMDS = Lithium Bis(trimethylsilyl)amide
Me=甲基Me = methyl
MeOH=甲醇MeOH = methanol
NMP=N-甲基吡咯烷酮NMP = N-methylpyrrolidone
Ph=苯基Ph = Phenyl
PMB=对甲氧基苄基PMB = p-methoxybenzyl
Pd(PPh3)2Cl2=双三苯基膦二氯化钯Pd(PPh 3 ) 2 Cl 2 = bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium dichloride
PhNTf2=苯基双(三氟甲烷磺酰)亚胺PhNTf 2 = phenylbis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide
SOCl2=二氯亚砜SOCl 2 = thionyl chloride
TIPS=三异丙基硅基TIPS = triisopropylsilyl
TMS=三甲基硅烷基TMS = trimethylsilyl
TBAF=四正丁基氟化铵TBAF = Tetra-n-butylammonium fluoride
TEA=三乙胺TEA = triethylamine
TFA=三氟乙酸TFA = trifluoroacetic acid
THF=四氢呋喃THF = Tetrahydrofuran
TsCl=对甲基苯磺酰氯TsCl = p-Toluenesulfonyl chloride
TBDPSCl=叔丁基二苯基氯硅烷TBDPSCl = tert-butyldiphenylsilyl chloride
实施例1:化合物1的制备
Example 1: Preparation of Compound 1
将化合物1-a(25mg,0.05mmol)(共用中间体1-a的合成可参考专利WO2020/132269Al中的方法制备)、化合物1-b(27mg,0.10mmol)溶于DMF(1mL)溶液中,然后加入碳酸铯(49mg,0.15mmol)。反应混合物90℃加热搅拌过夜。将反应混合物过滤,滤液减压浓缩,经制备型薄层板分离纯化(乙酸乙酯:石油醚=1:1)得白色固体化合物1(3mg,收率10%)。1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.51(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.53(s,1H),8.38(d,J=1.0Hz,1H),7.53(d,J=8.3Hz,2H),7.42(d,J=8.3Hz,2H),5.79(s,2H),4.95-4.87(m,1H),3.85(s,3H),3.20-3.15(m,4H),1.68-1.63(m,1H),1.08-1.04(m,2H),0.87-0.84(m,2H)。MS m/z 595.2[M+H]+。Compound 1-a (25 mg, 0.05 mmol) (the synthesis of common intermediate 1-a can be prepared by referring to the method in patent WO2020/132269Al) and compound 1-b (27 mg, 0.10 mmol) were dissolved in DMF (1 mL) solution, and then cesium carbonate (49 mg, 0.15 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was heated and stirred at 90 ° C overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The white solid compound 1 (3 mg, yield 10%) was obtained by separation and purification on a preparative thin layer plate (ethyl acetate: petroleum ether = 1: 1). 1 H NMR (500MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ9.51 (s, 1H), 8.71 (s, 1H), 8.53 (s, 1H), 8.38 (d, J = 1.0Hz, 1H), 7.53 (d, J = 8.3Hz, 2H), 7.42 (d, J = 8.3Hz, 2H), 5.79 (s, 2H), 4.95 -4.87(m,1H),3.85(s,3H),3.20-3.15(m,4H),1.68-1.63(m,1H),1.08-1.04(m,2H),0.87-0.84(m,2H). MS m/z 595.2[M+H] + .
实施例2:化合物2的制备
Example 2: Preparation of Compound 2
将3,3-二氟环丁醇(200mg,1.85mmol)、对甲苯磺酰氯(371mg,1.94mmol)溶于二氯甲烷(10mL),冰浴下加入钠氢(148mg,3.70mmol,60%)。反应液保温搅拌0.5小时。将反应液用饱和氯化铵淬灭,混合液经乙酸乙酯萃取(3×20mL)。合并有机相经饱和食盐水洗涤、无水硫酸钠干燥、过滤减压浓缩。所得粗品经硅胶柱层析分离纯化(乙酸乙酯:石油醚=1:20)得到无色油状化合物2-b(399mg,收率82%)。3,3-Difluorocyclobutanol (200 mg, 1.85 mmol) and p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (371 mg, 1.94 mmol) were dissolved in dichloromethane (10 mL), and sodium hydrogen (148 mg, 3.70 mmol, 60%) was added under ice bath. The reaction solution was stirred for 0.5 hours. The reaction solution was quenched with saturated ammonium chloride, and the mixed solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by silica gel column chromatography (ethyl acetate: petroleum ether = 1:20) to obtain a colorless oily compound 2-b (399 mg, yield 82%).
将化合物1-a(24mg,0.05mmol)、化合物2-b(26mg,0.10mmol)溶于DMF(1mL),加入碳酸铯(49mg,0.15mmol)。反应混合物90℃加热搅拌过夜。将反应混合物过滤,滤液减压浓缩,经制备型薄层板分离纯化(乙酸乙酯:石油醚=1:1)得白色固体化合物2(11mg,收率41%)。1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.51(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.53(s,1H),8.50(s,1H),7.60(d,J=8.2Hz,2H),7.45(d,J=8.2Hz,2H),7.06(d,J=14.1Hz,1H),6.98-6.88(m,1H),5.80(s,2H),4.94(dd,J=17.0,3.2Hz,1H),4.79(dd,J=50.6,3.2Hz,1H),3.85(s,3H),1.68-1.62(m,1H),1.08-1.03(m,2H),0.89-0.81(m,2H)。MS m/z 563.2[M+H]+。Compound 1-a (24 mg, 0.05 mmol) and compound 2-b (26 mg, 0.10 mmol) were dissolved in DMF (1 mL), and cesium carbonate (49 mg, 0.15 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was heated and stirred at 90 ° C overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The mixture was separated and purified by preparative thin layer plate (ethyl acetate: petroleum ether = 1:1) to obtain a white solid compound 2 (11 mg, yield 41%). 1 H NMR (500MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ9.51 (s, 1H), 8.71 (s, 1H), 8.53 (s, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H), 7.60 (d, J = 8.2Hz, 2H), 7.45 (d, J = 8.2Hz, 2H), 7.06 (d, J = 14.1Hz, 1H), 6.98- 6.88(m,1H),5.80(s,2H),4.94(dd,J=17.0,3.2Hz,1H),4.79(dd,J=50.6,3.2Hz,1H),3.85(s,3H),1.68-1.62(m,1H),1.08-1.03(m,2H),0.89-0.81(m, 2H). MS m/z 563.2[M+H] + .
实施例3:化合物3的制备
Example 3: Preparation of Compound 3
将化合物2(5mg,0.008mmol)溶于氟化氢吡啶溶液(0.5mL)。反应液室温搅拌过夜。将反应液以饱和碳酸氢钠水溶液淬灭,混合液经甲基叔丁基醚萃取(3×5mL)。合并的有机相经饱和食盐水洗涤、无水硫酸钠干燥、过滤减压浓缩。所得粗品经制备型薄层板分离纯化(乙酸乙酯:石油醚=1:1)得到白色固体化合物3(3mg,收率58%)。1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.51(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.55-8.51(m,2H),7.62-7.58(m,2H),7.49-7.43(m,2H),7.21-7.17(m,1H),6.67-6.60(m,1H),5.80(s,2H),3.85(s,3H),1.78(t,J=18.7Hz,3H),1.70-1.63(m,1H),1.07-1.03(m,2H),0.87-0.83(m,2H)。MS m/z 583.2[M+H]+。Compound 2 (5 mg, 0.008 mmol) was dissolved in a hydrogen fluoride pyridine solution (0.5 mL). The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction solution was quenched with a saturated sodium bicarbonate aqueous solution, and the mixed solution was extracted with methyl tert-butyl ether (3×5 mL). The combined organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by preparative thin layer plate (ethyl acetate: petroleum ether = 1:1) to give a white solid compound 3 (3 mg, yield 58%). 1 H NMR (500MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ9.51(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.55-8.51(m,2H),7.62-7.58(m,2H),7.49-7.43(m,2H),7.21-7.17(m,1H),6.67-6.60(m,1H),5 .80(s,2H),3.85(s,3H),1.78(t,J=18.7Hz,3H),1.70-1.63(m,1H),1.07-1.03(m,2H),0.87-0.83(m,2H). MS m/z 583.2[M+H] + .
实施例4:化合物4的制备
Example 4: Preparation of Compound 4
将化合物1-a(50mg,0.10mmol)、2,4-二溴丁酸甲酯(28mg,0.11mmol)、碳酸铯(99mg,0.30mmol)溶于DMF(2mL)中。反应混合物室温搅拌过夜。反应完毕,加水淬灭,混合液经乙酸乙酯萃取(3×10mL)。合并的有机相经饱和食盐水洗涤、无水硫酸钠干燥、过滤后减压浓缩。所得粗品经制备型薄层板分离纯化(乙酸乙酯:石油醚=1:1)得到白色固体化合物4-a(31mg,收率50%)。MS m/z 591.2[M+H]+。Compound 1-a (50 mg, 0.10 mmol), methyl 2,4-dibromobutyrate (28 mg, 0.11 mmol), and cesium carbonate (99 mg, 0.30 mmol) were dissolved in DMF (2 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. After the reaction was completed, water was added to quench the mixture, and the mixed solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×10 mL). The combined organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by preparative thin layer plate (ethyl acetate: petroleum ether = 1:1) to obtain white solid compound 4-a (31 mg, yield 50%). MS m/z 591.2[M+H] + .
将化合物4-a(31mg,0.05mmol)溶于四氢呋喃(3mL),冰浴下缓慢加入氢化铝锂(4mg,0.10mmol)。反应液室温搅拌0.5小时。反应完毕加水淬灭,混合液经乙酸乙酯萃取(3×10mL)。合并的有机相经饱和食盐水洗涤、无水硫酸钠干燥、过滤减压浓缩。所得粗品经制备型薄层板分离纯化((乙酸乙酯:石油醚=1:1)得到白色固体化合物4-b(29mg,收率98%)。MS m/z 565.2[M+H]+。Compound 4-a (31 mg, 0.05 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (3 mL), and lithium aluminum hydride (4 mg, 0.10 mmol) was slowly added under ice bath. The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 0.5 hours. After the reaction was completed, water was added to quench the mixture, and the mixed solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×10 mL). The combined organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by preparative thin layer plate (ethyl acetate: petroleum ether = 1:1) to obtain white solid compound 4-b (29 mg, yield 98%). MS m/z 565.2 [M+H] + .
将化合物4-b(29mg,0.05mmol)溶于二氯甲烷(3mL),加入2,3-二氯-5,6-二氰基苯醌(23mg,0.10mmol)。反应在50℃加热搅拌1小时。将反应液经硅藻土过滤,滤液减压浓缩,经制备型薄层板分离纯化得白色固体化合物4-c(11mg,收率38%)。MS m/z 563.2[M+H]+。Compound 4-b (29 mg, 0.05 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (3 mL), and 2,3-dichloro-5,6-dicyanobenzoquinone (23 mg, 0.10 mmol) was added. The reaction was heated and stirred at 50°C for 1 hour. The reaction solution was filtered through diatomaceous earth, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The white solid compound 4-c (11 mg, yield 38%) was obtained by separation and purification by preparative thin layer plate. MS m/z 563.2 [M+H] + .
将化合物4-c(8mg,0.01mmol)、对甲苯磺酰氯(3mg,0.01mmol)溶于二氯甲烷(2mL),冰浴下加入钠氢(1.1mg,0.03mmol,60%)。反应液保温搅拌0.5小时。将反应液过滤,滤液减压浓缩,经制备型薄层板分离纯化得化合物4-d(9mg,收率88%)。MS m/z 717.2[M+H]+。Compound 4-c (8 mg, 0.01 mmol) and p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (3 mg, 0.01 mmol) were dissolved in dichloromethane (2 mL), and sodium hydrogen sulfide (1.1 mg, 0.03 mmol, 60%) was added under ice bath. The reaction solution was stirred for 0.5 hours. The reaction solution was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. Compound 4-d (9 mg, yield 88%) was obtained by separation and purification by preparative thin layer plate. MS m/z 717.2 [M+H] + .
将化合物4-d(9mg,0.01mmol)溶于四氢呋喃(2mL),滴加四丁基氟化铵的四氢呋喃溶液(0.2mL,1M)。反应体系室温搅拌1小时。反应液减压浓缩,经制备型薄层板分离纯化得白色固体化合物4(4mg,收率56%)。1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.52(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.53(s,1H),8.02(d,J=0.8Hz,1H),7.75-7.72(m,2H),7.39-7.36(m,2H),5.79(s,2H),4.68(s,1H),4.58(s,1H),3.85(s,3H),1.68-1.63(m,1H),1.20-1.17(m,2H),1.16-1.13(m,2H),1.08-1.04(m,2H),0.87-0.84(m,2H)。MS m/z 565.1[M+H]+。Compound 4-d (9 mg, 0.01 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (2 mL), and a tetrahydrofuran solution of tetrabutylammonium fluoride (0.2 mL, 1 M) was added dropwise. The reaction system was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by preparative thin layer plate separation to obtain white solid compound 4 (4 mg, yield 56%). 1 H NMR (500MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ9.52 (s, 1H), 8.71 (s, 1H), 8.53 (s, 1H), 8.02 (d, J = 0.8Hz, 1H), 7.75-7.72 (m, 2H), 7.39-7.36 (m, 2H), 5.79 (s, 2H), 4.68 (s, 1H) ),4.58(s,1H),3.85(s,3H),1.68-1.63(m,1H),1.20-1.17(m,2H),1.16-1.13(m,2H),1.08-1.04(m,2H),0.87-0.84(m,2H). MS m/z 565.1[M+H] + .
实施例5:化合物6和7的制备
Example 5: Preparation of Compounds 6 and 7
将3-(苄氧基)-1-环丁酮(3.0g,17.02mmol)、三苯基膦(22.3g,85.12mmol)溶于乙腈(50mL),冰浴下加入四溴化碳(14.1g,42.56mmol)。反应液室温下搅拌过夜。反应完毕后,反应体系过滤,滤液减压浓缩,经硅胶柱层析分离纯化(乙酸乙酯:石油醚=1:10)得无色油状化合物6-b(5.4g,收率96%)。3-(Benzyloxy)-1-cyclobutanone (3.0 g, 17.02 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (22.3 g, 85.12 mmol) were dissolved in acetonitrile (50 mL), and carbon tetrabromide (14.1 g, 42.56 mmol) was added under ice bath. The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature overnight. After the reaction was completed, the reaction system was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The product was separated and purified by silica gel column chromatography (ethyl acetate: petroleum ether = 1:10) to obtain a colorless oily compound 6-b (5.4 g, yield 96%).
将化合物6-b(2.1g,6.32mmol)溶于二氯甲烷(30mL),冷却至-78℃,缓慢滴加三溴化硼的二氯甲烷溶液(3.8mL,2.5M)。反应在该温度下搅拌0.5小时。反应完毕,饱和碳酸氢钠水溶液淬灭,混合液经二氯甲烷萃取(3×20mL)。合并有机相经饱和食盐水洗涤、无水硫酸钠干燥、过滤,得到含化合物6-c的二氯甲烷溶液直接用于下一步反应。Dissolve compound 6-b (2.1 g, 6.32 mmol) in dichloromethane (30 mL), cool to -78 ° C, and slowly drop a dichloromethane solution of boron tribromide (3.8 mL, 2.5 M). Stir the reaction at this temperature for 0.5 hours. After the reaction is completed, quench with saturated sodium bicarbonate aqueous solution, and extract the mixed solution with dichloromethane (3×20 mL). The combined organic phases are washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered to obtain a dichloromethane solution containing compound 6-c, which is directly used for the next step reaction.
向化合物6-c的二氯甲烷溶液中加入叔丁基二苯基氯硅烷(1.7g,6.32mmol),冰浴下加入咪唑(861mg,12.65mmol)。反应液室温搅拌1小时。饱和氯化铵水溶液淬灭,混合液经二氯甲烷萃取(3×20mL)。合并的有机相经饱和食盐水洗涤、无水硫酸钠干燥、过滤后减压浓缩。所得粗品经硅胶柱层析分离纯化(乙酸乙酯:石油醚=1:10)得到无色油状化合物6-d(2.8g,收率92%)。To the dichloromethane solution of compound 6-c, tert-butyldiphenylsilyl chloride (1.7 g, 6.32 mmol) was added, and imidazole (861 mg, 12.65 mmol) was added under ice bath. The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The mixture was quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution, and extracted with dichloromethane (3×20 mL). The combined organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by silica gel column chromatography (ethyl acetate: petroleum ether = 1:10) to give a colorless oily compound 6-d (2.8 g, yield 92%).
将碘化亚铜(7.9g,41.60mmol)加入四氢呋喃(20mL),冰浴下滴加甲基锂的乙醚溶液(52mL,1.6M),反应混合液在该温度下搅拌5分钟。滴加化合物6-d(2.0g,4.16mmol)的四氢呋喃溶液(20mL)。加毕,反应混合物室温搅拌过夜,然后反应体系冰浴下滴加碘甲烷(2.9g,20.80mmol),混合液继续搅拌2小时。将反应混合物过滤,滤液减压浓缩,经硅胶柱层析分离纯化(乙酸乙酯:石油醚=1:10)得无色油状化合物6-e(940mg,收率64%)。Cuprous iodide (7.9 g, 41.60 mmol) was added to tetrahydrofuran (20 mL), and a solution of methyl lithium in ether (52 mL, 1.6 M) was added dropwise under an ice bath, and the reaction mixture was stirred at this temperature for 5 minutes. A solution of compound 6-d (2.0 g, 4.16 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) was added dropwise. After the addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, and then iodomethane (2.9 g, 20.80 mmol) was added dropwise under an ice bath to the reaction system, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified by silica gel column chromatography (ethyl acetate: petroleum ether = 1:10) to obtain a colorless oily compound 6-e (940 mg, yield 64%).
将化合物6-e(610mg,1.74mmol)溶于四氢呋喃(10mL)中,缓慢滴加TBAF四氢呋喃溶液(0.9mL,4M)。反应液室温搅拌过夜。在冰浴下向反应液中加入对甲苯磺酰氯(499mg,2.61mmol)和氢化钠(209mg,5.22mmol,60%)。 反应混合物在该温度下继续搅拌0.5小时。反应完毕混合物过滤,滤液减压浓缩,经硅胶柱层析分离纯化得化无色油状合物6-f(130mg,收率28%)。Dissolve compound 6-e (610 mg, 1.74 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL), slowly add TBAF tetrahydrofuran solution (0.9 mL, 4 M) dropwise. Stir the reaction solution at room temperature overnight. Add p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (499 mg, 2.61 mmol) and sodium hydride (209 mg, 5.22 mmol, 60%) to the reaction solution under ice bath. The reaction mixture was stirred at this temperature for 0.5 hours. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was filtered, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain a colorless oily compound 6-f (130 mg, yield 28%).
将中间体1-a(40mg,0.08mmol)、化合物6-f(43mg,0.16mmol)溶于乙腈(1mL),加入碳酸铯(79mg,0.24mmol)。反应混合物90℃加热搅拌过夜。将反应混合物过滤,滤液减压浓缩,经制备型薄层板分离纯化(乙酸乙酯:石油醚=1:1)得白色固体化合物6和白色固体化合物7(4mg,收率8%)。1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.51(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.53(s,1H),8.24(s,1H),7.57-7.51(m,2H),7.43-7.39(m,2H),5.79(s,2H),4.77-4.69(m,1H),3.85(s,3H),3.11-3.04(m,2H),2.98-2.92(m,2H),1.67-1.62(m,1H),1.50(s,6H),1.07-1.04(m,2H),0.88-0.83(m,2H)。MS m/z 587.3[M+H]+。Intermediate 1-a (40 mg, 0.08 mmol) and compound 6-f (43 mg, 0.16 mmol) were dissolved in acetonitrile (1 mL), and cesium carbonate (79 mg, 0.24 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was heated and stirred at 90 ° C overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The mixture was separated and purified by preparative thin layer plate (ethyl acetate: petroleum ether = 1:1) to obtain white solid compound 6 and white solid compound 7 (4 mg, yield 8%). 1 H NMR (500MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ9.51(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.53(s,1H),8.24(s,1H),7.57-7.51(m,2H),7.43-7.39(m,2H),5.79(s,2H),4.77-4.69(m,1H), 3.85(s,3H),3.11-3.04(m,2H),2.98-2.92(m,2H),1.67-1.62(m,1H),1.50(s,6H),1.07-1.04(m,2H),0.88-0.83(m,2H). MS m/z 587.3[M+H] + .
白色固体化合物7(4mg,收率8%)。1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.51(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.52(s,1H),7.63(s,1H),7.55-7.49(m,2H),7.41-7.38(m,2H),5.80(s,2H),4.95-4.86(m,1H),3.85(s,3H),2.95-2.87(m,2H),2.80-2.72(m,2H),1.68-1.62(m,1H),1.35(s,6H),1.08-1.04(m,2H),0.87-0.83(m,2H)。MS m/z 587.4[M+H]+。White solid compound 7 (4 mg, yield 8%). 1 H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 9.51 (s, 1H), 8.71 (s, 1H), 8.52 (s, 1H), 7.63 (s, 1H), 7.55-7.49 (m, 2H), 7.41-7.38 (m, 2H), 5.80 (s, 2H), 4.95-4.86 (m, 1H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 2.95-2.87 (m, 2H), 2.80-2.72 (m, 2H), 1.68-1.62 (m, 1H), 1.35 (s, 6H), 1.08-1.04 (m, 2H), 0.87-0.83 (m, 2H). MS m/z 587.4 [M+H] + .
实施例6:化合物28和9的制备
Example 6: Preparation of Compounds 28 and 9
将化合物4c(25mg,0.04mmol)溶于二氯甲烷(2mL),加入DMP氧化剂(85mg,0.20mmol)。反应液室温下搅拌2小时。反应完毕过滤,滤液减压浓缩,经制备型薄层板分离纯化(乙酸乙酯:石油醚=1:1)得到白色固体化合物28(18mg,收率72%)。MS m/z 561.2[M+H]+。Compound 4c (25 mg, 0.04 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (2 mL), and DMP oxidant (85 mg, 0.20 mmol) was added. The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. After the reaction was completed, the filtrate was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The filtrate was separated and purified by preparative thin layer plate (ethyl acetate: petroleum ether = 1:1) to obtain white solid compound 28 (18 mg, yield 72%). MS m/z 561.2 [M+H] + .
将化合物28(7mg,0.01mmol)、二氟氯乙酸钠(5mg,0.03mmol)、三苯基膦(8mg,0.03mmol)溶于DMF(1mL)中。反应液氮气氛围下90℃加热过夜。反应液减压浓缩,所得粗品经制备型薄层板分离纯化(乙酸乙酯:石油醚=1:1)得到白色固体化合物9(0.5mg,收率7%)。MS m/z 595.2[M+H]+。Compound 28 (7 mg, 0.01 mmol), sodium difluorochloroacetate (5 mg, 0.03 mmol), and triphenylphosphine (8 mg, 0.03 mmol) were dissolved in DMF (1 mL). The reaction solution was heated at 90 °C overnight under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the crude product was separated and purified by preparative thin layer plate (ethyl acetate: petroleum ether = 1:1) to obtain white solid compound 9 (0.5 mg, yield 7%). MS m/z 595.2 [M+H] + .
实施例7:化合物10A、10B和11的制备
Example 7: Preparation of Compounds 10A, 10B and 11
将化合物28(6mg,0.01mmol)溶于甲醇,加入(1-重氮基-2-氧代丙基)膦酸二甲酯(4mg,0.02mmol)、碳酸钾(3mg,0.02mmol)。加毕反应混合物室温下搅拌1小时。将反应混合物过滤,滤液减压浓缩,经制备型薄层板分离纯化(乙酸乙酯:石油醚=1:1)得白色固体化合物11(4mg,收率67%)。1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.52(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.53(s,1H),8.18(d,J=1.2Hz,1H),7.93-7.88(m,2H),7.47-7.43(m,2H),5.80(s,2H),3.86(s,3H),3.63(s,1H),1.70-1.64(m,1H),1.46-1.44(m,2H),1.41-1.39(m,2H),1.08-1.05(m,2H),0.87-0.85(m,2H)。MS m/z 557.2[M+H]+。Compound 28 (6 mg, 0.01 mmol) was dissolved in methanol, and dimethyl (1-diazo-2-oxopropyl)phosphonate (4 mg, 0.02 mmol) and potassium carbonate (3 mg, 0.02 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The mixture was separated and purified by preparative thin layer plate (ethyl acetate: petroleum ether = 1:1) to obtain white solid compound 11 (4 mg, yield 67%). 1 H NMR (500MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ9.52(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.53(s,1H),8.18(d,J=1.2Hz,1H),7.93-7.88(m,2H),7.47-7.43(m,2H),5.80(s,2H),3.86(s,3 H),3.63(s,1H),1.70-1.64(m,1H),1.46-1.44(m,2H),1.41-1.39(m,2H),1.08-1.05(m,2H),0.87-0.85(m,2H). MS m/z 557.2[M+H] + .
将化合物11(9mg,0.016mmol)溶于吡啶的氢氟酸溶液(0.5mL)。反应液室温搅拌过夜。将反应液用饱和碳酸氢钠水溶液淬灭,混合液经乙酸乙酯萃取(3×5mL)。合并的有机相经饱和食盐水洗涤、无水硫酸钠干燥、过滤减压浓缩。所得粗品经制备型薄层板分离纯化(乙酸乙酯:石油醚=1:1)得到白色固体化合物10A(0.3mg,收率3%)和白色固体化合物10B(1.0mg,收率11%)。Compound 11 (9 mg, 0.016 mmol) was dissolved in a hydrofluoric acid solution of pyridine (0.5 mL). The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction solution was quenched with a saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution, and the mixed solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×5 mL). The combined organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by preparative thin layer plate (ethyl acetate: petroleum ether = 1:1) to give white solid compound 10A (0.3 mg, yield 3%) and white solid compound 10B (1.0 mg, yield 11%).
化合物10A:1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.51(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.53(s,1H),8.16(d,J=1.2Hz,1H),7.75-7.71(m,2H),7.41-7.39(m,2H),5.78(s,2H),4.88(dd,J=17.4,4.2Hz,1H),4.24(dd,J=49.8,4.2Hz,1H),3.85(s,3H),1.67-1.63(m,1H),1.52-1.49(m,2H),1.38-1.35(m,2H),1.07-1.04(m,2H),0.87-0.85(m,2H)。MS m/z 577.1[M+H]+。Compound 10A: 1 H NMR (500MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ9.51 (s, 1H), 8.71 (s, 1H), 8.53 (s, 1H), 8.16 (d, J = 1.2Hz, 1H), 7.75 -7.71(m,2H),7.41-7.39(m,2H),5.78(s,2H),4.88(dd,J=17.4,4.2Hz,1H),4.24(dd,J=49.8,4.2Hz,1H ),3.85(s,3H),1.67-1.63(m,1H),1.52-1.49(m,2H),1.38-1.35(m,2H),1.07-1.04(m,2H),0.87-0.85(m ,2H). MS m/z 577.1 [M+H] + .
化合物10B:1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.51(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.53(s,1H),8.05(d,J=1.3Hz,1H),7.66-7.63(m,2H),7.44-7.41(m,2H),5.80(s,2H),5.70(br.s,1H),5.38(br.s,1H),3.85(s,3H),2.43-2.38(m,2H),2.32-2.26(m,2H),1.67-1.63(m,1H),1.07-1.04(m,2H),0.87-0.84(m,2H)。MS m/z 577.2[M+H]+。Compound 10B: 1 H NMR (500MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ9.51 (s, 1H), 8.71 (s, 1H), 8.53 (s, 1H), 8.05 (d, J = 1.3Hz, 1H), 7.66 -7.63(m,2H),7.44-7.41(m,2H),5.80(s,2H),5.70(br.s,1H),5.38(br.s,1H),3.85(s,3H),2.43 -2.38(m,2H),2.32-2.26(m,2H),1.67-1.63(m,1H),1.07-1.04(m,2H),0.87-0.84(m,2H). MS m/z 577.2[M+H] + .
实施例8:化合物12的制备
Example 8: Preparation of Compound 12
化合物1-a(17mg,0.035mmol)、化合物12-a(8mg,0.069mmol)和碳酸铯(34mg,0.104mmol)溶于N,N-二甲基甲酰胺(2mL)中,反应混合液在90℃搅拌过夜。待反应完毕,加水稀释淬灭,混合液经乙酸乙酯(3x 10mL)萃取。合并的有机相经饱和食盐水洗涤、无水硫酸钠干燥、过滤、减压浓缩。所得粗品经硅胶柱层析分离纯化(二氯甲烷:甲醇=30:1)得到淡黄色固体化合物12(10.66mg,收率53%)。1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.50(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.51(s,1H),8.39(d,J=1.3Hz,1H),8.32(d,J=5.4Hz,1H),7.41(s,1H),7.38–7.35(m,2H),7.33–7.27(m,3H),5.73(s,2H),3.82(s,3H),1.67–1.58(m,1H),1.07–1.02(m,2H),0.85–0.78(m,2H)ppm。MS m/z 588.2[M+H]+。Compound 1-a (17 mg, 0.035 mmol), compound 12-a (8 mg, 0.069 mmol) and cesium carbonate (34 mg, 0.104 mmol) were dissolved in N, N-dimethylformamide (2 mL), and the reaction mixture was stirred at 90 ° C overnight. After the reaction was completed, water was added to dilute and quench, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3x 10 mL). The combined organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 30: 1) to obtain a light yellow solid compound 12 (10.66 mg, yield 53%). 1 H NMR (500MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ9.50 (s, 1H), 8.71 (s, 1H), 8.51 (s, 1H), 8.39 (d, J = 1.3Hz, 1H), 8.32 (d, J = 5.4Hz, 1H), 7.41 (s, 1H), 7.38–7.35 (m, 2H), 7.33–7. 27(m,3H),5.73(s,2H),3.82(s,3H),1.67–1.58(m,1H),1.07–1.02(m,2H),0.85–0.78(m,2H)ppm. MS m/z 588.2[M+H] + .
实施例9:化合物13的制备
Example 9: Preparation of Compound 13
在-5℃下将氢化锂铝(1.64g,43.24mmol)溶于乙醚(35mL)中,缓慢加入三氯化铝(1.92g,14.41mmol)。反应混合液在-5℃下搅拌30分钟后,缓慢滴加化合物13-a(1.5g,14.41mmol)。混合液体系在-5℃下搅拌1小时。反应完毕,饱和硫酸钠溶液淬灭,所得混合物过滤后用乙醚洗涤。滤液经减压浓缩后得到化合物13-b的乙醚溶液,直接用于下一步反应。Lithium aluminum hydride (1.64 g, 43.24 mmol) was dissolved in ether (35 mL) at -5 °C, and aluminum chloride (1.92 g, 14.41 mmol) was slowly added. The reaction mixture was stirred at -5 °C for 30 minutes, and compound 13-a (1.5 g, 14.41 mmol) was slowly added dropwise. The mixed solution was stirred at -5 °C for 1 hour. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was quenched with saturated sodium sulfate solution, and the obtained mixture was filtered and washed with ether. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain an ether solution of compound 13-b, which was directly used in the next step.
将化合物13-b(理论产量:1.1g,14.41mmol)的乙醚溶液溶于二氯甲烷(10mL)中,混合物冷却至-20℃。依次加入三乙胺(2.19g,21.69mmol)和对甲苯磺酰氯(3.31g,17.35mmol),反应液继续搅拌1小时并缓慢升至室温。待反应完毕,反应液减压浓缩。所得粗品经硅胶柱层析分离纯化(石油醚:乙酸乙酯=8:1)得到无色油状化合物13-c(1.6g,收率48%)。MS m/z 253.1[M+Na]+。The ether solution of compound 13-b (theoretical yield: 1.1 g, 14.41 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (10 mL), and the mixture was cooled to -20 ° C. Triethylamine (2.19 g, 21.69 mmol) and p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (3.31 g, 17.35 mmol) were added in sequence, and the reaction solution was stirred for 1 hour and slowly warmed to room temperature. After the reaction was completed, the reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by silica gel column chromatography (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 8:1) to obtain a colorless oil compound 13-c (1.6 g, yield 48%). MS m/z 253.1 [M + Na] + .
化合物1-a(22mg,0.045mmol)、化合物13-c(31mg,0.134mmol)和碳酸铯(44mg,0.134mmol)溶于N,N-二甲基甲酰胺(2mL)中,室温下搅拌2小时。待反应完毕,加水稀释,混合液经乙酸乙酯(3x 5mL)萃取。合并的有机相经饱和食盐水洗涤、无水硫酸钠干燥、过滤减压浓缩。所得粗品经硅胶柱层析分离纯化(二氯甲烷:甲醇=25:1)得到白色固体化合物13(19.59mg,收率80%)。1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.51(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.52(s,1H),7.97(s,1H),7.61(d,J=8.3Hz,2H),7.43(d,J=8.3Hz,2H),5.79(s,2H),4.92(d,J=12.8Hz,2H),4.83(dd,J=17.0,3.7Hz,1H),4.54(dd,J=50.1,3.7Hz,1H),3.85(s,3H),1.69–1.63(m,1H),1.08–1.04(m,2H),0.88–0.83(m,2H)ppm。MS m/z 551.2[M+H]+。Compound 1-a (22 mg, 0.045 mmol), compound 13-c (31 mg, 0.134 mmol) and cesium carbonate (44 mg, 0.134 mmol) were dissolved in N, N-dimethylformamide (2 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. After the reaction was completed, water was added to dilute, and the mixed solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 5 mL). The combined organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 25: 1) to obtain white solid compound 13 (19.59 mg, yield 80%). 1 H NMR (500MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ9.51 (s, 1H), 8.71 (s, 1H), 8.52 (s, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.61 (d, J = 8.3Hz, 2H), 7.43 (d, J = 8.3Hz, 2H), 5.79 (s, 2H), 4.92 (d, J = 12.8 Hz,2H),4.83(dd,J=17.0,3.7Hz,1H),4.54(dd,J=50.1,3.7Hz,1H),3.85(s,3H),1.69–1.63(m,1H),1.08–1.04(m,2H),0.88–0.83(m,2H)ppm. MS m/z 551.2[M+H] + .
实施例10:化合物15的制备
Example 10: Preparation of Compound 15
室温下向甲醇(3mL)中加入化合物2(20mg,0.036mmol)、1滴乙酸和钯碳(10%,10mg),反应混合物在室温和氢气氛围下搅拌15分钟。反应完毕,混合液经硅藻土过滤洗涤,滤液减压浓缩。所得粗品经硅胶柱层析分离纯化(二氯甲烷:甲醇=25:1)得到无色油状粗品产物15-a(15mg,收率75%)。MS m/z 567.2[M+H]+。Compound 2 (20 mg, 0.036 mmol), 1 drop of acetic acid and palladium carbon (10%, 10 mg) were added to methanol (3 mL) at room temperature, and the reaction mixture was stirred for 15 minutes under a hydrogen atmosphere at room temperature. After the reaction was completed, the mixed solution was filtered and washed with diatomaceous earth, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained crude product was separated and purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 25: 1) to obtain a colorless oily crude product 15-a (15 mg, yield 75%). MS m/z 567.2 [M+H] + .
将粗品15-a(15mg,0.026mmol)溶于甲苯(1.5mL)中,加入2,3-二氯-5,6-二氰基苯醌(5mg)后在60℃下搅拌1小时。待反应完毕,混合液减压浓缩。所得粗品经制备型薄层色谱分离纯化(二氯甲烷:甲醇=25:1)得到白色固体化合物15(1.79mg,收率12%)。1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.51(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.52(s,1H),7.91(s,1H),7.59(d,J=8.2Hz,2H),7.41(d,J=8.2Hz,2H),5.79(s,2H),5.07–4.94(m,1H),4.68(d,J=7.0Hz,2H),3.85(s,3H),1.85(d,J=17.5Hz,3H),1.70–1.60(m,1H),1.09–1.03(m,2H),0.90–0.82(m,2H)ppm。MS m/z 565.2[M+H]+。The crude product 15-a (15 mg, 0.026 mmol) was dissolved in toluene (1.5 mL), and 2,3-dichloro-5,6-dicyanobenzoquinone (5 mg) was added and stirred at 60°C for 1 hour. After the reaction was completed, the mixed solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by preparative thin layer chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 25: 1) to obtain a white solid compound 15 (1.79 mg, yield 12%). 1 H NMR (500MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ9.51(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.52(s,1H),7.91(s,1H),7.59(d,J=8.2Hz,2H),7.41(d,J=8.2Hz,2H),5.79(s,2H),5.07–4.94(m ,1H),4.68(d,J=7.0Hz,2H),3.85(s,3H),1.85(d,J=17.5Hz,3H),1.70–1.60(m,1H),1.09–1.03(m,2H),0.90–0.82(m,2H)ppm. MS m/z 565.2[M+H] + .
实施例11:化合物16的制备
Example 11: Preparation of Compound 16
室温下将碘(310mg,1.22mmol)溶于乙腈(4mL)中,加入三苯基膦(321mg,1.22mmol)后搅拌2小时。依次将三乙胺(124mg,1.22mmol)和化合物16-a(100mg,1.02mmol)加入反应中,混合液回流搅拌3小时。反应完毕冷却至室温,反应液减压浓缩。所得粗品经硅胶柱层析分离纯化(石油醚:乙酸乙酯=5:1)得到淡黄色固体产物16-b(109mg,收率51%)。MS m/z 209.0[M+H]+。Iodine (310 mg, 1.22 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (4 mL) at room temperature, triphenylphosphine (321 mg, 1.22 mmol) was added and stirred for 2 hours. Triethylamine (124 mg, 1.22 mmol) and compound 16-a (100 mg, 1.02 mmol) were added to the reaction in sequence, and the mixture was refluxed and stirred for 3 hours. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by silica gel column chromatography (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 5:1) to obtain a light yellow solid product 16-b (109 mg, yield 51%). MS m/z 209.0 [M + H] + .
将化合物1-a(95mg,0.193mmol)、化合物16-b(96mg,0.463mmol)、甲烷磺酸(2-二环己基膦-3,6-二甲氧基-2',4',6'-三异丙基-1,1'-联苯)(2'-甲胺基-1,1'-联苯-2-基)钯(II)(17mg,0.019mmol)、2-二环己基磷-2',6'-二异丙氧基-1,1'-联苯(18mg,0.039mmol)和碳酸铯(189mg,0.579mmol)溶于1,4-二氧六环(3mL)中,体系置换氮气。反应混合液在100℃下搅拌过夜。待反应完毕,加水稀释。混合液经乙酸乙酯萃取(3×10mL)。合并的有机相经饱和食盐水洗涤、无水硫酸钠干燥、过滤减压浓缩。所得粗品经硅胶柱层析分离纯化(二氯甲烷:甲醇=25:1)得到白色固体产物16(20mg,收率18%)。1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.51(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.53(s,1H),8.49(d,J=1.3Hz,1H),7.57(d,J=8.3Hz,2H),7.39(d,J=8.3Hz,2H),5.80(s,2H),5.60(t,J=1.5Hz,1H),3.84(s,3H),3.04–2.97(m,2H),2.46–2.43(m,2H),1.67–1.61(m,1H),1.08–1.02(m,2H),0.88–0.82(m,2H)ppm。MS m/z 573.1[M+H]+。Compound 1-a (95 mg, 0.193 mmol), compound 16-b (96 mg, 0.463 mmol), methanesulfonic acid (2-dicyclohexylphosphine-3,6-dimethoxy-2',4',6'-triisopropyl-1,1'-biphenyl) (2'-methylamino-1,1'-biphenyl-2-yl) palladium (II) (17 mg, 0.019 mmol), 2-dicyclohexylphosphine-2',6'-diisopropyloxy-1,1'-biphenyl (18 mg, 0.039 mmol) and cesium carbonate (189 mg, 0.579 mmol) were dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (3 mL), and the system was replaced with nitrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred at 100 ° C overnight. After the reaction was completed, water was added to dilute. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×10 mL). The combined organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained crude product was separated and purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane:methanol=25:1) to give a white solid product 16 (20 mg, yield 18%). 1 H NMR (500MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ9.51 (s, 1H), 8.71 (s, 1H), 8.53 (s, 1H), 8.49 (d, J = 1.3Hz, 1H), 7.57 (d, J = 8.3Hz, 2H), 7.39 (d, J = 8.3Hz, 2H), 5.80 (s, 2H), 5.60 ( t,J=1.5Hz,1H),3.84(s,3H),3.04–2.97(m,2H),2.46–2.43(m,2H),1.67–1.61(m,1H),1.08–1.02(m,2H),0.88–0.82(m,2H)ppm. MS m/z 573.1[M+H] + .
实施例12:化合物29和22的制备
Example 12: Preparation of Compounds 29 and 22
将三乙基2-膦酰基丙酯(2.0g,8.51mmol)溶于四氢呋喃(20mL)中,在冰浴氮气氛围下缓慢加入氢化钠(295mg,7.38mmol,60%)。反应液在该温度下继续搅拌1小时,然后加入3-(苄氧基)-1-环丁酮(1.0g,5.67mmol)。反应液室温搅拌过夜。反应完毕饱和氯化铵水溶液淬灭,混合液用乙酸乙酯萃取(3×20mL)。合并有机相经饱和食盐水洗涤、无水硫酸钠干燥、过滤减压浓缩。所得粗品经硅胶柱层析分离纯化(乙酸乙酯:石油醚=1:10)得到无色油状化合物29-a(1.1g,收率76%)。Triethyl 2-phosphonopropyl ester (2.0 g, 8.51 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL), and sodium hydride (295 mg, 7.38 mmol, 60%) was slowly added under an ice bath nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction solution was stirred for 1 hour at this temperature, and then 3-(benzyloxy)-1-cyclobutanone (1.0 g, 5.67 mmol) was added. The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature overnight. After the reaction was completed, saturated ammonium chloride aqueous solution was quenched, and the mixed solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by silica gel column chromatography (ethyl acetate: petroleum ether = 1:10) to obtain a colorless oily compound 29-a (1.1 g, yield 76%).
将化合物29-a(580g,2.23mmol)溶于二氯甲烷(10mL),冷却至-70℃,缓慢滴加三溴化硼(559mg,3.34mmol),反应液继续搅拌0.5小时。将反应液以饱和碳酸氢钠水溶液淬灭,混合液经二氯甲烷萃取(3×10mL)。合并有机相经饱和食盐水洗涤、无水硫酸钠干燥、过滤,所得含化合物29-b的滤液直接用于下一步反应。Compound 29-a (580 g, 2.23 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (10 mL), cooled to -70 °C, and boron tribromide (559 mg, 3.34 mmol) was slowly added dropwise, and the reaction solution was stirred for 0.5 hours. The reaction solution was quenched with saturated sodium bicarbonate aqueous solution, and the mixed solution was extracted with dichloromethane (3×10 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered, and the filtrate containing compound 29-b was directly used for the next step reaction.
向含化合物29-b(379mg,2.23mmol)的二氯甲烷溶液中加入对甲苯磺酰氯(468mg,2.45mmol),在冰浴下缓慢加入氢化钠(178mg,4.46mmol,60%),反应液继续搅拌0.5小时。反应完毕,饱和氯化铵水溶液淬灭,混合液经二氯甲烷萃取(3×20mL)。合并的有机相经饱和食盐水洗涤、无水硫酸钠干燥、过滤减压浓缩。所得粗品经硅胶柱层析分离纯化(乙酸乙酯:石油醚=1:10)得到无色油状化合物29-c(534mg,收率74%)。To the dichloromethane solution containing compound 29-b (379 mg, 2.23 mmol), p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (468 mg, 2.45 mmol) was added, and sodium hydride (178 mg, 4.46 mmol, 60%) was slowly added under an ice bath, and the reaction solution was stirred for 0.5 hours. After the reaction was completed, saturated ammonium chloride aqueous solution was quenched, and the mixed solution was extracted with dichloromethane (3×20 mL). The combined organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by silica gel column chromatography (ethyl acetate: petroleum ether = 1:10) to obtain a colorless oil compound 29-c (534 mg, yield 74%).
将化合物1-a(26mg,0.05mmol)、29-c(26mg,0.08mmol)溶于DMF(1mL)中,加入碳酸铯(49mg,0.15mmol)。反应混合物90℃加热搅拌过夜。反应完毕,混合物过滤,滤液减压浓缩,经制备型薄层板分离纯化(乙酸乙酯:石油醚=1:1)得化合物29(20mg,收率59%)。MS m/z 645.3[M+H]+。Compound 1-a (26 mg, 0.05 mmol) and 29-c (26 mg, 0.08 mmol) were dissolved in DMF (1 mL), and cesium carbonate (49 mg, 0.15 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was heated and stirred at 90°C overnight. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The compound 29 (20 mg, yield 59%) was obtained by separation and purification on a preparative thin layer plate (ethyl acetate: petroleum ether = 1:1). MS m/z 645.3 [M+H] + .
将化合物29(20mg,0.03mmol)溶于四氢呋喃(2mL),冰浴下缓慢加入氢化铝锂(3mg,0.06mmol)。混合液室温搅拌1小时。反应完毕,混合物加入四氢呋喃(10mL)稀释,十水硫酸钠淬灭,室温搅拌15分钟,过滤,滤液减压浓缩,所得粗品化合物22-a(10mg,收率53%)直接用于下一步反应。MS m/z 605.4[M+H]+。Compound 29 (20 mg, 0.03 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (2 mL), and lithium aluminum hydride (3 mg, 0.06 mmol) was slowly added under ice bath. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. After the reaction was completed, tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) was added to dilute the mixture, and sodium sulfate decahydrate was quenched. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes, filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained crude compound 22-a (10 mg, yield 53%) was directly used for the next step reaction. MS m/z 605.4 [M+H] + .
将化合物22-a(10mg,0.02mmol)溶于甲苯(2mL),加入2,3-二氯-5,6-二氰基苯醌(7mg,0.03mmol)。反应液40℃加热搅拌0.5小时。反应液经硅藻土过滤,滤液减压浓缩,经制备型薄层板分离纯化(乙酸乙酯:石油醚=1:1)得化合物22(3mg,收率30%)。1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.51(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.52(s,1H),8.24(d,J=0.8Hz,1H),7.58-7.52(m,2H),7.44-7.39(m,2H),5.79(s,2H),4.79-4.72(m,1H),4.53(t,J=5.5Hz,1H),3.85(d,J=1.9Hz,3H),3.80-3.71(m,2H),3.21-3.16(m,1H),3.13-3.08(m,1H),3.03-2.96(m,2H),1.68-1.62(m,1H),1.51(s,3H),1.08-1.04(m,2H),0.88-0.83(m,2H)。MS m/z 603.2[M+H]+。Compound 22-a (10 mg, 0.02 mmol) was dissolved in toluene (2 mL), and 2,3-dichloro-5,6-dicyanobenzoquinone (7 mg, 0.03 mmol) was added. The reaction solution was heated and stirred at 40°C for 0.5 hours. The reaction solution was filtered through diatomaceous earth, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The compound 22 (3 mg, yield 30%) was obtained by separation and purification on a preparative thin layer plate (ethyl acetate: petroleum ether = 1:1). 1 H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d 6 )δ9.51(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.52(s,1H),8.24(d,J=0.8Hz,1H),7.58-7.52(m,2H),7.44-7.39(m,2H),5.79(s,2H),4.79-4.72(m,1H),4.53(t,J=5. 5Hz,1H),3.85( d,J=1.9Hz,3H),3.80-3.71(m,2H),3.21-3.16(m,1H),3.13-3.08(m,1H),3.03-2.96(m,2H),1.68-1.62(m,1H),1.51(s,3H),1.08-1.04(m,2H),0 .88-0.83(m,2H). MS m/z 603.2[M+H] + .
实施例13:化合物23的制备
Example 13: Preparation of Compound 23
将化合物22(17mg,0.03mmol)溶于二氯甲烷(2mL),滴加氯化亚砜(18mg,0.15mmol),反应液室温搅拌1小时。将反应液减压浓缩,所得粗品化合物23-a(17mg,收率97%)直接用于下一步反应。Compound 22 (17 mg, 0.03 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (2 mL), thionyl chloride (18 mg, 0.15 mmol) was added dropwise, and the reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the obtained crude compound 23-a (17 mg, yield 97%) was directly used for the next step reaction.
将化合物23-a(17mg,0.03mmol)溶于乙腈(2mL),滴加二甲胺四氢呋喃溶液(0.2mL,2M)。反应液50℃加热搅拌1小时。将反应液减压浓缩,所得粗品经制备型薄层板分离纯化(乙酸乙酯:石油醚=1:1)得白色固体化合物23(3mg,收率17%)。1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.52(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.53(s,1H),8.32(s,1H),7.58-7.53(m,2H),7.45-7.40(m,2H),5.79(s,2H),4.86-4.80(m,1H),3.85(s,3H),3.54-3.46(m,2H),3.26-3.21(m,2H),3.16-3.10(m,2H),2.66(s,6H),1.72-1.62(m,4H),1.08-1.04(m,2H),0.89-0.85(m,2H)。MS m/z 630.3[M+H]+。Compound 23-a (17 mg, 0.03 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (2 mL), and dimethylamine tetrahydrofuran solution (0.2 mL, 2 M) was added dropwise. The reaction solution was heated and stirred at 50°C for 1 hour. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the crude product was separated and purified by preparative thin layer plate (ethyl acetate: petroleum ether = 1:1) to obtain white solid compound 23 (3 mg, yield 17%). 1 H NMR (500MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ9.52(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.53(s,1H),8.32(s,1H),7.58-7.53(m,2H),7.45-7.40(m,2H),5.79(s,2H),4.86-4.80(m,1H),3 .85(s,3H),3.54-3.46(m,2H),3.26-3.21(m,2H),3.16-3.10(m,2H),2.66(s,6H),1.72-1.62(m,4H),1.08-1.04(m,2H),0.89-0.85(m,2H). MS m/z 630.3[M+H] + .
实施例14:化合物24的制备
Example 14: Preparation of Compound 24
将碘化钠(1.39g,9.25mmol)溶于乙酸(6mL)中,加入化合物24-a(600mg,8.81mmol)。反应混合液在70℃下搅拌过夜。待反应冷却至室温,依次加入乙醚(10mL)和水(10mL)。有机相和水相分离后,水相由乙醚(2x 15mL)萃取。合并的有机相经2M氢氧化钠溶液洗涤、无水硫酸钠干燥、过滤减压浓缩。所得粗品经硅胶柱层析分离纯化(石油醚:乙酸乙酯=15:1)得到黄色固体化合物24-b(860mg,收率50%)。1H NMR(500MHz,CDCl3)δ7.83(d,J=15.1Hz,1H),7.15(d,J=15.1Hz,1H),2.25(s,3H)ppm。Sodium iodide (1.39 g, 9.25 mmol) was dissolved in acetic acid (6 mL), and compound 24-a (600 mg, 8.81 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 70 ° C overnight. After the reaction was cooled to room temperature, ether (10 mL) and water (10 mL) were added in sequence. After the organic phase and the aqueous phase were separated, the aqueous phase was extracted with ether (2 x 15 mL). The combined organic phase was washed with 2M sodium hydroxide solution, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by silica gel column chromatography (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 15:1) to obtain yellow solid compound 24-b (860 mg, yield 50%). 1 H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ7.83 (d, J = 15.1 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (d, J = 15.1 Hz, 1H), 2.25 (s, 3H) ppm.
化合物1-a(35mg,0.071mmol)、化合物24-b(56mg,0.284mmol)和碳酸铯(69mg,0.213mmol)溶于N,N-二甲基甲酰胺(2mL)中,90℃下搅拌过夜。反应完毕冷却至室温,加水稀释,混合液经乙酸乙酯(3x 10mL)萃取。合并的有机相经饱和食盐水洗涤、无水硫酸钠干燥、过滤减压浓缩。所得粗品经制备型薄层色谱分离纯化(二氯甲烷:甲醇=35:1)得到白色固体化合物24(2.9mg,收率7%)。1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.52(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.67(d,J=1.1Hz,1H),8.53(s,1H),7.68(d,J=14.4Hz,1H),7.64(d,J=8.3Hz,2H),7.48(d,J=8.3Hz,2H),6.89(d,J=14.4Hz,1H),5.82(s,2H),3.85(s,3H),2.25(s,3H),1.69–1.62(m,1H),1.09–1.02(m,2H),0.89–0.83(m,2H)ppm。MS m/z 561.2[M+H]+。Compound 1-a (35 mg, 0.071 mmol), compound 24-b (56 mg, 0.284 mmol) and cesium carbonate (69 mg, 0.213 mmol) were dissolved in N, N-dimethylformamide (2 mL) and stirred overnight at 90 ° C. After the reaction was completed, it was cooled to room temperature, diluted with water, and the mixed solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 10 mL). The combined organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by preparative thin layer chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 35: 1) to obtain white solid compound 24 (2.9 mg, yield 7%). 1 H NMR (500MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ9.52 (s, 1H), 8.71 (s, 1H), 8.67 (d, J = 1.1Hz, 1H), 8.53 (s, 1H), 7.68 (d, J = 14.4Hz, 1H), 7.64 (d, J = 8.3Hz, 2H), 7.48 (d, J = 8.3Hz, 2H), 6.89 (d, J = 14.4Hz, 1H), 5.82 (s, 2H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 1.69–1.62 (m, 1H), 1.09–1.02 (m, 2H), 0.89–0.83 (m, 2H)ppm. MS m/z 561.2[M+H] + .
实施例15:化合物25A和25B的制备
Example 15: Preparation of Compounds 25A and 25B
将碘化钠(3.0g,20.0mmol)溶于乙酸(10mL)中,加入化合物25-a(2.0mL,19.7mmol)。反应混合液在70℃下搅拌过夜。待反应冷却至室温,依次加入乙醚(20mL)和水(20mL)。有机相和水相分离后,水相由乙醚(2x 15mL)萃取。合并的有机相经2M氢氧化钠溶液洗涤、无水硫酸钠干燥、过滤减压浓缩。所得粗品经硅胶柱层析分离纯化(石油醚:乙醚=15:1)得到无色油状化合物25-b(4.45g,收率100%)。Sodium iodide (3.0 g, 20.0 mmol) was dissolved in acetic acid (10 mL), and compound 25-a (2.0 mL, 19.7 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 70 ° C overnight. After the reaction was cooled to room temperature, ether (20 mL) and water (20 mL) were added in sequence. After the organic phase and the aqueous phase were separated, the aqueous phase was extracted with ether (2x 15 mL). The combined organic phase was washed with 2M sodium hydroxide solution, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by silica gel column chromatography (petroleum ether: ether = 15:1) to obtain a colorless oil compound 25-b (4.45 g, yield 100%).
化合物1-a(30mg,0.061mmol)、化合物25-b(55mg,0.244mmol)和碳酸铯(60mg,0.183mmol)溶于N,N-二甲基甲酰胺(2mL)中,90℃下搅拌过夜。待反应冷却至室温,加水稀释,混合液经乙酸乙酯(3x 10mL)萃取。合并的有机相经饱和食盐水洗涤、无水硫酸钠干燥、过滤减压浓缩。所得粗品经制备型薄层色谱分离纯化(石油醚:乙醚=1:3)得到白色固体化合物25A(23mg,收率64%)和白色固体化合物25B(3mg,收率8%)。25A:1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.51(s,1H),8.72–8.70(m,2H),8.53(s,1H),7.67(d,J=14.2Hz,1H),7.61(d,J=8.3Hz,2H),7.48(d,J=8.3Hz,2H),6.69(d,J=14.1Hz,1H),5.82(s,2H),4.15(q,J=7.1Hz,2H),3.85(s,3H),1.69–1.63(m,1H),1.20(t,J=7.1Hz,3H),1.08–1.03(m,2H),0.88–0.82(m,2H)ppm。MS m/z 591.2[M+H]+。Compound 1-a (30 mg, 0.061 mmol), compound 25-b (55 mg, 0.244 mmol) and cesium carbonate (60 mg, 0.183 mmol) were dissolved in N, N-dimethylformamide (2 mL) and stirred overnight at 90 ° C. After the reaction was cooled to room temperature, it was diluted with water and the mixed solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 10 mL). The combined organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by preparative thin layer chromatography (petroleum ether: ether = 1: 3) to give white solid compound 25A (23 mg, yield 64%) and white solid compound 25B (3 mg, yield 8%). 25A: 1 H NMR (500MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ9.51 (s, 1H), 8.72–8.70 (m, 2H), 8.53 (s, 1H), 7.67 (d, J = 14.2Hz, 1H), 7.61 (d, J = 8.3Hz, 2H), 7.48 (d, J = 8.3Hz, 2H), 6.69 (d . MS m/z 591.2 [M+H] + .
25B:1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.51(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.52(s,1H),8.24(d,J=1.2Hz,1H),7.62(d,J=8.3Hz,2H),7.43(d,J=8.4Hz,2H),7.27(d,J=9.3Hz,1H),6.03(d,J=9.3Hz,1H),5.77(s,2H),4.01(q,J=7.1Hz,2H),3.85(s,3H),1.70–1.61(m,1H),1.09–1.04(m,5H),0.88–0.83(m,2H)ppm。MS m/z 591.2[M+H]+。25B: 1 H NMR (500MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ9.51 (s, 1H), 8.71 (s, 1H), 8.52 (s, 1H), 8.24 (d, J = 1.2Hz, 1H), 7.62 ( d,J=8.3Hz,2H),7.43(d,J=8.4Hz,2H),7.27(d,J=9.3Hz,1H),6.03(d,J=9.3Hz,1H),5.77(s, 2H), 4.01 (q, J = 7.1Hz, 2H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 1.70–1.61 (m, 1H), 1.09–1.04 (m, 5H), 0.88–0.83 (m, 2H)ppm. MS m/z 591.2[M+H] + .
实施例16:化合物30的制备
Example 16: Preparation of Compound 30
将化合物30-a(125mg,0.991mmol)(化合物30-a合成参考文献:Angew Chem.Int.Ed.doi:10.1002/anie.202014308.)溶于甲醇(4mL)中,分批次加入硼氢化钠(75mg,1.980mmol)。反应混合液在室温下搅拌30分钟。待反应完毕,加水淬灭,混合液减压浓缩。所得粗品经乙醚(3x 10mL)萃取。合并有机相,饱和食盐水洗涤、无水硫酸钠干燥、过滤减压浓缩。得到含有化合物的30-b粗品,直接用于下一步反应。Compound 30-a (125 mg, 0.991 mmol) (compound 30-a synthesis reference: Angew Chem. Int. Ed. doi: 10.1002/anie.202014308.) was dissolved in methanol (4 mL), and sodium borohydride (75 mg, 1.980 mmol) was added in batches. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. After the reaction was completed, water was added to quench the mixture, and the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained crude product was extracted with ether (3x 10 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product 30-b containing compound was obtained and used directly in the next reaction.
将粗品化合物30-b溶于二氯甲烷(6mL)中,0℃下依次加入三乙胺(200mg,1.980mmol)和对甲苯磺酰氯(283mg,1.49mmol)。混合液在室温下搅拌3小时。待反应完毕,反应液减压浓缩。所得粗品经硅胶柱层析分离纯化(石油醚:乙酸乙酯=4:1)得到黄色油状化合物30-c(15mg,收率5%)。The crude compound 30-b was dissolved in dichloromethane (6 mL), and triethylamine (200 mg, 1.980 mmol) and p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (283 mg, 1.49 mmol) were added in sequence at 0°C. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. After the reaction was completed, the reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by silica gel column chromatography (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 4:1) to obtain a yellow oily compound 30-c (15 mg, yield 5%).
化合物1-a(2mg,0.004mmol)、化合物30-c(12mg,0.040mmol)和碳酸铯(4mg,0.012mmol)溶于N,N-二甲基甲酰胺(1.5mL)中,90℃下搅拌2小时。待反应冷却至室温,加水稀释,混合液经乙酸乙酯(3x 5mL)萃取。合并的有机相经饱和食盐水洗涤、无水硫酸钠干燥、过滤减压浓缩。所得粗品经制备型薄层色谱分离纯化(二氯甲烷:甲醇=30:1)得到白色固体化合物30(0.50mg,收率20%)。MS m/z 605.2[M+H]+。Compound 1-a (2 mg, 0.004 mmol), compound 30-c (12 mg, 0.040 mmol) and cesium carbonate (4 mg, 0.012 mmol) were dissolved in N, N-dimethylformamide (1.5 mL) and stirred at 90 ° C for 2 hours. After the reaction was cooled to room temperature, it was diluted with water and the mixed solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 5 mL). The combined organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by preparative thin layer chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 30: 1) to obtain white solid compound 30 (0.50 mg, yield 20%). MS m/z 605.2 [M + H] + .
实施例17:化合物31的制备
Example 17: Preparation of Compound 31
化合物32(13mg,0.024mmol)、二氟氯乙酸钠(15mg,0.095mmol)和三苯基膦(8mg,0.029mmol)溶于N,N-二甲基甲酰胺(2mL)中,100℃下搅拌4小时。待反应冷却至室温,加水稀释,混合液经乙酸乙酯(3x 10mL)萃取。合并的有机相经饱和食盐水洗涤、无水硫酸钠干燥、过滤减压浓缩。所得粗品经制备型薄层色谱分离纯化(石油醚:甲基叔丁基醚=1:5)得到白色固体化合物31(5mg,收率36%)。1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.51(s,1H),8.72(s,1H),8.56(d,J=1.0Hz,1H),8.53(s,1H),7.58(d,J=8.3Hz,2H),7.46(d,J=8.4Hz,2H),7.09(d,J=13.9Hz,1H),6.76(dd,J=13.7,11.1Hz,1H),5.79(s,2H),5.70–5.61(m,1H),3.86(s,3H),1.69–1.63(m,1H),1.09–1.04(m,2H),0.89–0.85(m,2H)ppm。MS m/z 581.2[M+H]+。Compound 32 (13 mg, 0.024 mmol), sodium difluorochloroacetate (15 mg, 0.095 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (8 mg, 0.029 mmol) were dissolved in N, N-dimethylformamide (2 mL) and stirred at 100 ° C for 4 hours. After the reaction was cooled to room temperature, it was diluted with water and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 10 mL). The combined organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by preparative thin layer chromatography (petroleum ether: methyl tert-butyl ether = 1:5) to give a white solid compound 31 (5 mg, yield 36%). 1 H NMR (500MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ9.51 (s, 1H), 8.72 (s, 1H), 8.56 (d, J = 1.0Hz, 1H), 8.53 (s, 1H), 7.58 (d, J = 8.3Hz, 2H), 7.46 (d, J = 8.4Hz, 2H), 7.09 (d, J = 13.9Hz, 1H ), 6.76(dd,J=13.7,11.1Hz,1H),5.79(s,2H),5.70–5.61(m,1H),3.86(s,3H),1.69–1.63(m,1H),1.09–1.04(m,2H),0.89–0.85(m,2H)ppm. MS m/z 581.2[M+H] + .
实施例18:化合物32的制备
Example 18: Preparation of Compound 32
将化合物25A(64mg,0.108mmol)溶于二氯甲烷(4mL)中,-78℃下缓慢滴加二异丁基氢化铝的正己烷溶液(DIBAL-H,1.0M,0.8mL)。反应液在-78℃下搅拌5分钟。待反应完毕,加入饱和酒石酸钠溶液淬灭反应。升至室温后,混合液加入二氯甲烷稀释并搅拌1小时,再由二氯甲烷(3x 15mL)萃取。合并的有机相经饱和食盐水洗涤、无水硫酸钠干燥、过滤减压浓缩。所得含有化合物32-a的粗品,直接用于下一步反应。MS m/z 551.2[M+H]+。Compound 25A (64 mg, 0.108 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (4 mL), and a hexane solution of diisobutylaluminum hydride (DIBAL-H, 1.0 M, 0.8 mL) was slowly added dropwise at -78 °C. The reaction solution was stirred at -78 °C for 5 minutes. After the reaction was completed, a saturated sodium tartrate solution was added to quench the reaction. After warming to room temperature, the mixture was diluted with dichloromethane and stirred for 1 hour, and then extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 15 mL). The combined organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product containing compound 32-a was directly used in the next step. MS m/z 551.2 [M + H] + .
将含有化合物32-a的粗品(理论产量:60mg,0.108mmol)溶于二氯甲烷(3mL)中,加入戴斯-马丁氧化剂(DMP,55mg,0.130mmol)。反应混合液在室温下搅拌30分钟。待反应完毕,反应混合物经硅藻土过滤并洗涤。滤液减压浓缩后经制备型薄层色谱分离纯化(石油醚:甲基叔丁基醚=1:4)得到白色固体化合物32(20mg,两步收率34%)。1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.61(d,J=7.6Hz,1H),9.52(s,1H),8.73(d,J=1.1Hz,1H),8.72(s,1H),8.54(s,1H),8.01(d,J=14.1Hz,1H),7.67(d,J=8.3Hz,2H),7.50(d,J=8.3Hz,2H),6.81(dd,J=14.1,7.6Hz,1H),5.82(s,2H),3.86(s,3H),1.70–1.63(m,1H),1.10–1.04(m,2H),0.90–0.84(m,2H)ppm。MS m/z 547.2[M+H]+。The crude product containing compound 32-a (theoretical yield: 60 mg, 0.108 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (3 mL), and Dess-Martin periodinane (DMP, 55 mg, 0.130 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. After the reaction was completed, the reaction mixture was filtered and washed with diatomaceous earth. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by preparative thin layer chromatography (petroleum ether: methyl tert-butyl ether = 1:4) to obtain a white solid compound 32 (20 mg, two-step yield 34%). 1 H NMR (500MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ9.61 (d, J = 7.6Hz, 1H), 9.52 (s, 1H), 8.73 (d, J = 1.1Hz, 1H), 8.72 (s, 1H), 8.54 (s, 1H), 8.01 (d, J = 14.1Hz, 1H), 7.67 (d, J = 8.3Hz, 2H ),7.50(d,J=8.3Hz,2H),6.81(dd,J=14.1,7.6Hz,1H),5.82(s,2H),3.86(s,3H),1.70–1.63(m,1H),1.10–1.04(m,2H),0.90–0.84(m,2H)ppm. MS m/z 547.2[M+H] + .
实施例19:化合物34的制备
Example 19: Preparation of Compound 34
将化合物34-a(110mg,0.22mmol)(中间体34-a的合成可参考专利WO2020/132269Al中的方法制备)溶于N,N-二甲基甲酰胺(5mL)中,依次加入碳酸钾(89mg,0.65mmol)和N-苯基双(三氟甲烷磺酰)亚胺(386mg,1.08mmol)。加毕,室温搅拌一小时。TLC监测反应完毕,反应混合物冷却至室温减压浓缩。所得粗品经硅胶柱层析分离纯化(二氯甲烷:乙酸乙酯=10:1)得到白色固体化合物34-b(100mg,收率72%)。Compound 34-a (110 mg, 0.22 mmol) (the synthesis of intermediate 34-a can be prepared by referring to the method in patent WO2020/132269Al) was dissolved in N, N-dimethylformamide (5 mL), and potassium carbonate (89 mg, 0.65 mmol) and N-phenylbis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide (386 mg, 1.08 mmol) were added in sequence. After addition, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for one hour. After the reaction was completed by TLC monitoring, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: ethyl acetate = 10: 1) to give a white solid compound 34-b (100 mg, yield 72%).
将化合物34-b(50mg,0.08mmol)、3-乙炔基-1-氮杂环丁烷甲酸叔丁酯(21mg,0.12mmol)、碘化亚铜(2mg,0.01mmol)、双三苯基磷二氯化钯(6mg,0.008mmol)、 吡啶(12mg,0.16mmol)溶于N,N-二甲基甲酰胺(0.5mL)中,将反应混合物置于封管中,氮气氛围下加热至65℃搅拌3小时。TLC监测反应完毕,待反应混合液冷却至室温,过滤,滤液减压浓缩。所得粗品经硅胶柱层析分离纯化(二氯甲烷:甲醇=20:1,2%氨水)得到黄色固体化合物34-c(40mg,收率76%)。Compound 34-b (50 mg, 0.08 mmol), tert-butyl 3-ethynyl-1-azetidinecarboxylate (21 mg, 0.12 mmol), cuprous iodide (2 mg, 0.01 mmol), bistriphenylphosphine palladium dichloride (6 mg, 0.008 mmol), Pyridine (12 mg, 0.16 mmol) was dissolved in N, N-dimethylformamide (0.5 mL), and the reaction mixture was placed in a sealed tube and heated to 65 ° C under a nitrogen atmosphere and stirred for 3 hours. After the reaction was completed by TLC monitoring, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 20: 1, 2% ammonia water) to obtain a yellow solid compound 34-c (40 mg, yield 76%).
将化合物34-c(40mg,0.06mmol)溶于甲醇(1mL)中,再加入盐酸二氧六环溶液(4.0M,0.5mL)。反应混合物在30℃下搅拌2小时。TLC监测反应完毕,反应体系冷却至室温后减压浓缩。将所得混合物溶于少量甲醇中,用氨水中和,再减压浓缩。所得粗品经硅胶柱层析分离纯化(二氯甲烷:甲醇=20:1,2%氨水)得到白色固体化合物34(20mg,收率59%)。1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.51(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.53(s,1H),7.74-7.69(m,2H),7.48(d,J=8.6Hz,2H),7.28(s,1H),5.80(s,2H),3.85(s,3H),3.65-3.60(m,1H),3.60-3.55(m,2H),3.46(br.,3H),1.68-1.60(m,1H),1.08-1.02(m,2H),0.87-0.83(m,2H)。MS m/z 572.3[M+H]+。Compound 34-c (40 mg, 0.06 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (1 mL), and a hydrochloric acid dioxane solution (4.0 M, 0.5 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 30 ° C for 2 hours. After the reaction was completed by TLC monitoring, the reaction system was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting mixture was dissolved in a small amount of methanol, neutralized with ammonia water, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 20: 1, 2% ammonia water) to give a white solid compound 34 (20 mg, yield 59%). 1 H NMR (500MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ9.51 (s, 1H), 8.71 (s, 1H), 8.53 (s, 1H), 7.74-7.69 (m, 2H), 7.48 (d, J = 8.6Hz, 2H), 7.28 (s, 1H), 5.80 (s, 2H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3. 65-3.60(m,1H),3.60-3.55(m,2H),3.46(br.,3H),1.68-1.60(m,1H),1.08-1.02(m,2H),0.87-0.83(m,2H). MS m/z 572.3[M+H] + .
实施例20:化合物35的制备
Example 20: Preparation of Compound 35
化合物34(10mg,0.02mmol),多聚甲醛(3mg,0.10mmol)溶于甲醇(0.5mL)中,然后滴加醋酸(1滴)。反应在室温下搅拌半小时,再加入氰基硼氢化钠(11mg,0.05mmol)。反应混合液室温继续搅拌12小时。TLC监测反应完毕,反应混合液过滤,减压浓缩。所得粗品经硅胶柱层析分离纯化(二氯甲烷:甲醇=20:1)得到白色固体化合物35(2.60mg,收率25%)。1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.51(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.52(s,1H),7.73-7.69(m,2H),7.51-7.47(m,2H),7.27(s,1H),5.81(s,2H),3.85(s,3H),3.41(t,J=7.2Hz,2H),2.86(t,J=6.7Hz,2H),2.08(s,3H),2.02-1.95(m,1H),1.68-1.61(m,1H),1.08-1.03(m,2H),0.87-0.83(m,2H)。MS m/z 586.3[M+H]+。Compound 34 (10 mg, 0.02 mmol) and paraformaldehyde (3 mg, 0.10 mmol) were dissolved in methanol (0.5 mL), and then acetic acid (1 drop) was added dropwise. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for half an hour, and sodium cyanoborohydride (11 mg, 0.05 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 hours. After the reaction was completed by TLC monitoring, the reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 20: 1) to obtain white solid compound 35 (2.60 mg, yield 25%). 1 H NMR (500MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ9.51(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.52(s,1H),7.73-7.69(m,2H),7.51-7.47(m,2H),7.27(s,1H),5.81(s,2H),3.85(s,3H),3.41(t ,J=7.2Hz,2H),2.86(t,J=6.7Hz,2H),2.08(s,3H),2.02-1.95(m,1H),1.68-1.61(m,1H),1.08-1.03(m,2H),0.87-0.83(m,2H). MS m/z 586.3[M+H] + .
实施例21:化合物36的制备
Example 21: Preparation of Compound 36
将化合物24(25mg,0.045mmol)溶于四氢呋喃(3mL)中,-78℃下缓慢滴加甲基锂的乙醚溶液(1.6M,0.03mL)。反应体系在-78℃下搅拌1小时。待反应完毕,滴加饱和氯化铵溶液淬灭。混合液经乙酸乙酯(3x 10mL)萃取。合并的有机相经饱和食盐水洗涤、无水硫酸钠干燥、过滤减压浓缩。所得粗品经制备型薄层色谱分离纯化(二氯甲烷:甲醇=30:1)得到白色固体化合物36(3.82mg,收率15%)。1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.51(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.52(s,1H),8.31(d,J=1.1Hz,1H),7.60(d,J=8.3Hz,2H),7.44(d,J=8.4Hz,2H),6.86(d,J=14.0Hz,1H),6.37(d,J=14.0Hz,1H),5.79(s,2H),4.85(s,1H),3.85(s,3H),1.69–1.62(m,1H),1.22(s,6H),1.08–1.02(m,2H),0.91–0.83(m,2H)ppm。MS m/z 577.2[M+H]+。Compound 24 (25 mg, 0.045 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (3 mL), and methyl lithium ether solution (1.6 M, 0.03 mL) was slowly added dropwise at -78 ° C. The reaction system was stirred at -78 ° C for 1 hour. After the reaction was completed, saturated ammonium chloride solution was added dropwise to quench. The mixed solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 10 mL). The combined organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by preparative thin layer chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 30: 1) to give white solid compound 36 (3.82 mg, yield 15%). 1 H NMR (500MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ9.51 (s, 1H), 8.71 (s, 1H), 8.52 (s, 1H), 8.31 (d, J = 1.1Hz, 1H), 7.60 (d, J = 8.3Hz, 2H), 7.44 (d, J = 8.4Hz, 2H), 6.86 (d, J = 14.0Hz, 1H ), 6.37(d,J=14.0Hz,1H),5.79(s,2H),4.85(s,1H),3.85(s,3H),1.69–1.62(m,1H),1.22(s,6H),1.08–1.02(m,2H),0.91–0.83(m,2H)ppm. MS m/z 577.2[M+H] + .
实施例22:化合物37的制备
Example 22: Preparation of Compound 37
将化合物1-a(50mg,0.101mmol)、碘苯(41mg,0.203mmol)、碘化亚铜(2mg,0.010mmol)、8-羟基喹啉(2mg,0.010mmol)和碳酸钾(42mg,0.305mmol)溶于二甲亚砜(2.5mL)中,氮气氛围下,反应混合液在100℃下搅拌过夜。待反应冷却至室温,加水稀释。混合液经乙酸乙酯萃取(3×10mL)。有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤、无水硫酸钠干燥、过滤减压浓缩。所得粗品经制备型薄层色谱分离纯化(石油醚:乙醚=1:4)得到白色固体产物37(2.4mg,收率4%)。1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.48(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.48(s,1H),8.20(s,1H),7.50–7.46(m,3H),7.40–7.36(m,2H),7.28(d,J=8.3Hz,2H),7.22(d,J=8.2Hz,2H),5.68(s,2H),3.80(s,3H),1.67–1.58(m,1H),1.07–1.02(m,2H),0.83–0.78(m,2H)ppm。MS m/z 569.3[M+H]+。Compound 1-a (50 mg, 0.101 mmol), iodobenzene (41 mg, 0.203 mmol), cuprous iodide (2 mg, 0.010 mmol), 8-hydroxyquinoline (2 mg, 0.010 mmol) and potassium carbonate (42 mg, 0.305 mmol) were dissolved in dimethyl sulfoxide (2.5 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at 100 ° C under a nitrogen atmosphere. After the reaction was cooled to room temperature, it was diluted with water. The mixed solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×10 mL). The organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by preparative thin layer chromatography (petroleum ether: ether = 1:4) to obtain a white solid product 37 (2.4 mg, yield 4%). 1 H NMR (500MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ9.48(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.48(s,1H),8.20(s,1H),7.50–7.46(m,3H),7.40–7.36(m,2H),7.28(d,J=8.3Hz,2H),7.22(d,J= 8.2Hz,2H),5.68(s,2H),3.80(s,3H),1.67–1.58(m,1H),1.07–1.02(m,2H),0.83–0.78(m,2H)ppm. MS m/z 569.3[M+H] + .
实施例23:化合物38的制备
Example 23: Preparation of Compound 38
将化合物1-a(50mg,0.101mmol)、氢氧化钾(40mg,0.711mmol)、碳酸钾(35mg,0.254mmol)和四丁基溴化铵(3mg,0.010mmol)溶于1,2-二氯乙烷(3mL)中,反应混合液在50℃下搅拌过夜。待反应完毕,加水稀释。混合液用二氯甲烷萃取(3×15mL)。合并有机相经饱和食盐水洗涤、无水硫酸钠干燥、过滤减压浓缩。所得粗品经硅胶柱层析分离纯化(二氯甲烷:甲醇=30:1)得到黄色油状粗品38-a。MS m/z555.0[M+H]+。Compound 1-a (50 mg, 0.101 mmol), potassium hydroxide (40 mg, 0.711 mmol), potassium carbonate (35 mg, 0.254 mmol) and tetrabutylammonium bromide (3 mg, 0.010 mmol) were dissolved in 1,2-dichloroethane (3 mL), and the reaction mixture was stirred at 50 ° C overnight. After the reaction was completed, water was added to dilute. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (3×15 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 30:1) to obtain a yellow oily crude product 38-a. MS m/z 555.0 [M+H] + .
将粗品38-a(理论产量:56mg,0.101mmol)和氢氧化钾(40mg,0.711mmol)溶于甲醇(3mL)中,反应混合液回流温度搅拌1.5小时。反应完毕冷却至室温,减压浓缩,所得粗品经硅胶柱层析分离纯化(二氯甲烷:甲醇=30:1)得到白色固体产物38(48mg,两步收率91%)。1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.51(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.52(s,1H),8.44(d,J=1.0Hz,1H),7.58(d,J=8.3Hz,2H),7.45(d,J=8.3Hz,2H),7.00(dd,J=15.5,8.7Hz,1H),5.79(s,2H),5.74(dd,J=15.4,1.4Hz,1H),5.12(dd,J=8.7,1.4Hz,1H),3.85(s,3H),1.69–1.61(m,1H),1.08–1.02(m,2H),0.88–0.83(m,2H)ppm。MS m/z 519.2[M+H]+。The crude product 38-a (theoretical yield: 56 mg, 0.101 mmol) and potassium hydroxide (40 mg, 0.711 mmol) were dissolved in methanol (3 mL), and the reaction mixture was stirred at reflux temperature for 1.5 hours. After the reaction was completed, it was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 30: 1) to obtain a white solid product 38 (48 mg, two-step yield 91%). 1 H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d 6 )δ9.51(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.52(s,1H),8.44(d,J=1.0Hz,1H),7.58(d,J=8.3Hz,2H),7.45(d,J=8.3Hz,2H),7.00(dd,J=15.5,8.7Hz,1H),5.79(s,2H),5.74(dd,J=15.4,1.4Hz,1H),5.12(dd,J=8.7,1.4Hz,1H),3.85(s,3H),1.69–1.61(m,1H),1.08–1.02(m,2H),0.88–0.83(m,2H)ppm。 MS m/z 519.2 [M+H] + .
实施例24:化合物39的制备
Example 24: Preparation of Compound 39
将化合物34-b(35mg,0.05mmol)、丙炔的四氢呋喃溶液(0.2mL,1M)、碘化亚铜(2mg,0.10mmol)、双三苯基磷二氯化钯(4mg,0.005mmol)、吡啶(12mg,0.15mmol)溶于N,N-二甲基甲酰胺(0.5mL)中,将反应混合物置于封管中,氮气氛围下加热至65℃搅拌3小时。TLC监测反应完毕,待反应混合液冷却至室温后,过滤,滤液减压浓缩。所得粗品经硅胶柱层析分离纯化(二氯甲烷:甲醇=20:1,2%氨水)得到黄色固体化合物39(4.13mg,收率14%)。1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.52(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.53(s,1H),7.70(d,J=8.2Hz,2H),7.47(d,J=8.2Hz,2H),7.24(s,1H),5.80(s,2H),3.85(s,3H),2.05(s,3H),1.65(br,1H),1.10-1.02(m,2H),0.92-0.75(m,2H)。MS m/z 531.1[M+H]+。Compound 34-b (35 mg, 0.05 mmol), tetrahydrofuran solution of propyne (0.2 mL, 1 M), cuprous iodide (2 mg, 0.10 mmol), bistriphenylphosphine palladium dichloride (4 mg, 0.005 mmol), pyridine (12 mg, 0.15 mmol) were dissolved in N, N-dimethylformamide (0.5 mL), and the reaction mixture was placed in a sealed tube and heated to 65 ° C under a nitrogen atmosphere and stirred for 3 hours. TLC monitored the completion of the reaction, and after the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, it was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 20: 1, 2% ammonia water) to obtain yellow solid compound 39 (4.13 mg, yield 14%). 1 H NMR (500MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ9.52(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.53(s,1H),7.70(d,J=8.2Hz,2H),7.47(d,J=8.2Hz,2H),7.24(s,1H),5.80(s,2H),3.85(s,3H), 2.05(s,3H),1.65(br,1H),1.10-1.02(m,2H),0.92-0.75(m,2H). MS m/z 531.1[M+H] + .
实施例25:化合物40的制备
Example 25: Preparation of Compound 40
将化合物34-b(20mg,0.03mmol)、4-乙炔基-2-氟吡啶(6mg,0.05mmol)、碘化亚铜(1mg,0.06mmol)、双三苯基磷二氯化钯(2mg,0.003mmol)、吡啶(7mg,0.09mmol)溶于N,N-二甲基甲酰胺(0.5mL)中,将反应混合物置于封管中,氮气氛围下加热至65℃搅拌3小时。TLC监测反应完毕,反应液冷却至室温后,过滤,滤液减压浓缩。所得粗品经硅胶柱层析分离纯化(二氯甲烷:甲醇=20:1,2%氨水)得到白色固体化合物40(4.03mg,收率21%)。1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.51(s,1H),8.69(s,1H),8.53(s,1H),8.31(d,J=5.1Hz,1H),7.82-7.78(m,2H),7.59(s,1H),7.55-7.49(m,2H),7.39-7.37(m,1H),7.31(br,1H),5.82(s,2H),3.82(s,3H),1.61(m,1H),1.04-0.99(m,2H),0.82-0.77(m,2H)。MS m/z 612.1[M+H]+。Compound 34-b (20 mg, 0.03 mmol), 4-ethynyl-2-fluoropyridine (6 mg, 0.05 mmol), cuprous iodide (1 mg, 0.06 mmol), bistriphenylphosphine palladium dichloride (2 mg, 0.003 mmol), pyridine (7 mg, 0.09 mmol) were dissolved in N, N-dimethylformamide (0.5 mL), and the reaction mixture was placed in a sealed tube and heated to 65 ° C under a nitrogen atmosphere and stirred for 3 hours. After the reaction was completed by TLC monitoring, the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 20: 1, 2% ammonia water) to give a white solid compound 40 (4.03 mg, yield 21%). 1 H NMR (500MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ9.51 (s, 1H), 8.69 (s, 1H), 8.53 (s, 1H), 8.31 (d, J = 5.1Hz, 1H), 7.82-7.78 (m, 2H), 7.59 (s, 1H), 7.55-7.49 (m, 2H), 7.39-7.37 (m,1H),7.31(br,1H),5.82(s,2H),3.82(s,3H),1.61(m,1H),1.04-0.99(m,2H),0.82-0.77(m,2H). MS m/z 612.1[M+H] + .
实施例26:化合物41的制备
Example 26: Preparation of Compound 41
化合物1-a(30mg,0.061mmol)、化合物41-a(40mg,0.152mmol)和碳酸铯(60mg,0.183mmol)溶于N,N-二甲基甲酰胺(2mL)中,室温下搅拌3.5小时。反应完毕,加水稀释,混合液经乙酸乙酯(3x 10mL)萃取。合并有机相经饱和食盐水洗涤、无水硫酸钠干燥、过滤减压浓缩。所得粗品经制备型薄层色谱分离纯化(二氯甲烷:甲醇=30:1)得到白色固体化合物41(2.85mg,收率8%)。1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.51(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.51(s,1H),7.99(d,J=1.0Hz,1H),7.56(d,J=8.3Hz,2H),7.41(d,J=8.3Hz,2H),5.77(s,2H),3.85(s,3H),3.63(s,3H),1.69–1.61(m,1H),1.09–1.01(m,4H),0.89–0.80(m,4H)ppm。MS m/z 591.2[M+H]+。Compound 1-a (30 mg, 0.061 mmol), compound 41-a (40 mg, 0.152 mmol) and cesium carbonate (60 mg, 0.183 mmol) were dissolved in N, N-dimethylformamide (2 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 3.5 hours. After the reaction was completed, water was added to dilute the mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 10 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by preparative thin layer chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 30: 1) to give a white solid compound 41 (2.85 mg, yield 8%). 1 H NMR (500MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ9.51(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.51(s,1H),7.99(d,J=1.0Hz,1H),7.56(d,J=8.3Hz,2H),7.41(d,J=8.3Hz,2H),5.77(s,2H),3.85 (s,3H),3.63(s,3H),1.69–1.61(m,1H),1.09–1.01(m,4H),0.89–0.80(m,4H)ppm. MS m/z 591.2[M+H] + .
实施例27:化合物42的制备
Example 27: Preparation of Compound 42
将化合物38(36mg,0.069mmol)、4-碘吡啶(43mg,0.208mmol)、醋酸钯(2mg,0.007mmol)和三(邻甲基苯基)膦(4mg,0.014mmol)溶于N,N-二甲基甲酰胺(2mL)中,再加入三乙胺(21mg,0.208mmol)。反应液在100℃下搅拌过夜。反应完毕,冷却至室温,加水稀释淬灭,混合液经乙酸乙酯(3x 10mL)萃取。合并有机相经饱和食盐水洗涤、无水硫酸钠干燥、过滤减压浓缩。所得粗品经制备型薄层色谱分离纯化(二氯甲烷:甲醇=30:1)得到白色固体化合物42(3.39mg,收率8%)。1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.51(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.56–8.53(m,3H),8.53(s,1H),7.78(d,J=14.4Hz,1H),7.67(d,J=8.3Hz,2H),7.50–7.44(m,4H),7.23(d,J=14.4Hz,1H),5.80(s,2H),3.83(s,3H),1.71–1.61(m,1H),1.07–1.01(m,2H),0.85–0.81(m,2H)ppm。MS m/z 596.2[M+H]+。Compound 38 (36 mg, 0.069 mmol), 4-iodopyridine (43 mg, 0.208 mmol), palladium acetate (2 mg, 0.007 mmol) and tri(o-methylphenyl)phosphine (4 mg, 0.014 mmol) were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (2 mL), and triethylamine (21 mg, 0.208 mmol) was added. The reaction solution was stirred at 100 ° C overnight. After the reaction was completed, it was cooled to room temperature, diluted with water to quench, and the mixed solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (3x 10 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by preparative thin layer chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 30: 1) to give a white solid compound 42 (3.39 mg, yield 8%). 1 H NMR (500MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ9.51 (s, 1H), 8.71 (s, 1H), 8.56–8.53 (m, 3H), 8.53 (s, 1H), 7.78 (d, J = 14.4Hz, 1H), 7.67 (d, J = 8.3Hz, 2H), 7.50–7.44 (m, 4H), 7 .23(d,J=14.4Hz,1H),5.80(s,2H),3.83(s,3H),1.71–1.61(m,1H),1.07–1.01(m,2H),0.85–0.81(m,2H)ppm. MS m/z 596.2[M+H] + .
实施例28:化合物43的制备
Example 28: Preparation of Compound 43
将化合物29-b(209mg,1.23mmol)溶于DMF(3mL)中,再分别加入叔丁基二苯基氯硅烷(375mg,1.35mmol)、咪唑(251mg,3.69mmol)。反应液室温搅拌1小时。将反应液减压浓缩,所得粗品经硅胶柱层析分离纯化(乙酸乙酯:石油醚=1:10)得到无色油状化合物43-a(290mg,收率58%)。Compound 29-b (209 mg, 1.23 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (3 mL), and tert-butyldiphenylsilyl chloride (375 mg, 1.35 mmol) and imidazole (251 mg, 3.69 mmol) were added respectively. The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the crude product was separated and purified by silica gel column chromatography (ethyl acetate: petroleum ether = 1:10) to obtain a colorless oil compound 43-a (290 mg, yield 58%).
将化合物43-a(290mg,0.71mmol)溶于四氢呋喃(5mL),冰浴下缓慢加入氢化铝锂(54mg,1.42mmol)。反应混合物室温搅拌1小时。反应完毕混合物加入四氢呋喃(20mL)稀释,十水硫酸钠淬灭,室温继续搅拌15分钟,过滤,滤液减压浓缩,所得粗品化合物43-b(243mg,收率96%)直接用于下一步反应。 Compound 43-a (290 mg, 0.71 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (5 mL), and lithium aluminum hydride (54 mg, 1.42 mmol) was slowly added under ice bath. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was diluted with tetrahydrofuran (20 mL), quenched with sodium sulfate decahydrate, and stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes, filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained crude compound 43-b (243 mg, yield 96%) was directly used for the next step reaction.
将化合物43-b(243mg,0.66mmol)溶于四氢呋喃(5mL)溶液中,冰浴下缓慢加入氢化钠(79mg,1.98mmol,60%)。反应混合物继续搅拌0.5小时,再滴加碘甲烷(469mg,3.30mmol),反应液在50℃加热搅拌过夜。将反应液经硅藻土过滤,滤液减压浓缩,经硅胶柱层析分离纯化(乙酸乙酯:石油醚=1:10)得无色油状化合物43-c(133mg,收率53%)。Compound 43-b (243 mg, 0.66 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) solution, and sodium hydride (79 mg, 1.98 mmol, 60%) was slowly added under ice bath. The reaction mixture was stirred for 0.5 hours, and then iodomethane (469 mg, 3.30 mmol) was added dropwise, and the reaction solution was heated and stirred at 50 ° C overnight. The reaction solution was filtered through diatomaceous earth, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and separated and purified by silica gel column chromatography (ethyl acetate: petroleum ether = 1:10) to obtain a colorless oil compound 43-c (133 mg, yield 53%).
将化合物43-c(81mg,0.21mmol)溶于四氢呋喃(3mL)中,滴加四丁基氟化铵四氢呋喃溶液(0.1mL,4M)。反应液室温搅拌1小时。然后,在冰浴下向反应液中加入对甲苯磺酰氯(60mg,0.32mmol),氢化钠(17mg,0.42mmol,60%)。反应混合物冰浴下继续搅拌0.5小时。反应完毕混合物过滤,滤液减压浓缩,经硅胶柱层析分离纯化得无色油状化合物43-d(44mg,收率70%)。Compound 43-c (81 mg, 0.21 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (3 mL), and tetrabutylammonium fluoride tetrahydrofuran solution (0.1 mL, 4 M) was added dropwise. The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Then, p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (60 mg, 0.32 mmol) and sodium hydride (17 mg, 0.42 mmol, 60%) were added to the reaction solution under an ice bath. The reaction mixture was stirred for 0.5 hours under an ice bath. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was filtered, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the colorless oil compound 43-d (44 mg, yield 70%) was obtained by separation and purification by silica gel column chromatography.
将化合物1-a(21mg,0.04mmol)、化合物43-d(38mg,0.13mmol)溶于乙腈(1mL),加入碳酸铯(28mg,0.09mmol)。反应混合物90℃加热搅拌过夜。反应混合物过滤,滤液减压浓缩,经制备型薄层板分离纯化(乙酸乙酯:石油醚=1:1)得白色固体化合物43(5mg,收率19%)。1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.51(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.53(s,1H),8.28(d,J=1.0Hz,1H),7.55(d,J=8.3Hz,2H),7.41(d,J=8.3Hz,2H),5.79(s,2H),4.82-4.74(m,1H),3.85(s,3H),3.69(s,2H),3.23-3.11(m,5H),3.07-3.01(m,2H),1.68-1.62(m,1H),1.50(s,3H),1.08-1.04(m,2H),0.87-0.84(m,2H)。MS m/z 617.2[M+H]+。Compound 1-a (21 mg, 0.04 mmol) and compound 43-d (38 mg, 0.13 mmol) were dissolved in acetonitrile (1 mL), and cesium carbonate (28 mg, 0.09 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was heated and stirred at 90 ° C overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The mixture was separated and purified by preparative thin layer plate (ethyl acetate: petroleum ether = 1:1) to obtain white solid compound 43 (5 mg, yield 19%). 1 H NMR (500MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ9.51 (s, 1H), 8.71 (s, 1H), 8.53 (s, 1H), 8.28 (d, J = 1.0Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J = 8.3Hz, 2H), 7.41 (d, J = 8.3Hz, 2H), 5.79 (s, 2H), 4.82-4 .74(m,1H),3.85(s,3H),3.69(s,2H),3.23-3.11(m,5H),3.07-3.01(m,2H),1.68-1.62(m,1H),1.50(s,3H),1.08-1.04(m,2H),0.87-0.84(m,2H). MS m/z 617.2 [M+H] + .
实施例29:化合物44的制备
Example 29: Preparation of Compound 44
将化合物34-b(20mg,0.03mmol)、4-乙炔基-2-氟吡啶(6mg,0.05mmol)、碘化亚铜(1mg,0.06mmol)、双三苯基磷二氯化钯(2mg,0.003mmol)、吡啶(7mg,0.09mmol)溶于N,N-二甲基甲酰胺(0.5mL)中,将反应混合物置于封管中,氮气氛围下加热至65℃搅拌3小时。TLC监测反应完毕,待反应混合液冷却至室温后,过滤,滤液减压浓缩。所得粗品经硅胶柱层析分离纯化(二氯甲烷:甲醇=20:1,2%氨水)得到白色固体化合物44(3.92mg,收率22%)。1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.51(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.53(s,1H),7.73(d,J=8.6Hz,2H),7.48(d,J=8.6Hz,2H),7.33(s,1H),5.81(s,2H),4.75-4.69(m,2H),4.50-4.44(m,2H),4.16-4.10(m,1H),3.85(s,3H),1.64(m,1H),1.08-1.02(m,2H),0.87-0.83(m,2H)。MS m/z 573.1[M+H]+。Compound 34-b (20 mg, 0.03 mmol), 4-ethynyl-2-fluoropyridine (6 mg, 0.05 mmol), cuprous iodide (1 mg, 0.06 mmol), bistriphenylphosphine palladium dichloride (2 mg, 0.003 mmol), pyridine (7 mg, 0.09 mmol) were dissolved in N, N-dimethylformamide (0.5 mL), and the reaction mixture was placed in a sealed tube and heated to 65 ° C under a nitrogen atmosphere and stirred for 3 hours. TLC monitored the completion of the reaction, and after the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, it was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 20: 1, 2% ammonia water) to give a white solid compound 44 (3.92 mg, yield 22%). 1 H NMR (500MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ9.51(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.53(s,1H),7.73(d,J=8.6Hz,2H),7.48(d,J=8.6Hz,2H),7.33(s,1H),5.81(s,2H),4.75-4.69(m ,2H),4.50-4.44(m,2H),4.16-4.10(m,1H),3.85(s,3H),1.64(m,1H),1.08-1.02(m,2H),0.87-0.83(m,2H). MS m/z 573.1[M+H] + .
实施例30:化合物45的制备
Example 30: Preparation of Compound 45
化合物34(5mg,0.01mmol),乙酸(1mg,0.02mmol)、N,N-二异丙基乙胺(4mg,0.03mmol)溶于乙腈(0.5mL)中,再加入2-(7-氮杂苯并三氮唑)-N,N,N',N'-四甲基脲六氟磷酸酯(11mg,0.03mmol)。加毕,体系室温反应1小时。反应完毕,将反应液减压浓缩得粗品,粗品经制备硅胶柱层析(二氯甲烷:甲醇=20:1)分离纯化得白色固体化合物45(2.67mg,收率50%)。1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.51(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.53(s,1H),7.73(d,J=8.5Hz,2H),7.47(d,J=8.5Hz,2H),7.34(s,1H),5.80(s,2H),4.35(t,J=8.2Hz,1H),4.09(t,J=8.4Hz,1H),4.04-4.00(m,1H),3.85(s,3H),3.75-3.67(m,2H),1.71(s,3H),1.67-1.62(m,1H),1.08-1.03(m,2H),0.87-0.83(m,2H)。MS m/z 614.2[M+H]+。Compound 34 (5 mg, 0.01 mmol), acetic acid (1 mg, 0.02 mmol), N,N-diisopropylethylamine (4 mg, 0.03 mmol) were dissolved in acetonitrile (0.5 mL), and 2-(7-azabenzotriazole)-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (11 mg, 0.03 mmol) was added. After the addition, the system was reacted at room temperature for 1 hour. After the reaction was completed, the reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was separated and purified by preparative silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 20: 1) to obtain a white solid compound 45 (2.67 mg, yield 50%). 1 H NMR (500MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ9.51 (s, 1H), 8.71 (s, 1H), 8.53 (s, 1H), 7.73 (d, J = 8.5Hz, 2H), 7.47 (d, J = 8.5Hz, 2H), 7.34 (s, 1H), 5.80 (s, 2H), 4.35 (t, J = 8.2Hz ,1H),4.09(t,J=8.4Hz,1H),4.04-4.00(m,1H),3.85(s,3H),3.75-3.67(m,2H),1.71(s,3H),1.67-1.62(m,1H),1.08-1.03(m,2H),0.87-0.83(m,2H ). MS m/z 614.2 [M+H] + .
实施例31:化合物46的制备
Example 31: Preparation of Compound 46
将化合物34-b(4mg,0.006mmol)、3-乙炔基吡啶(1.93mg,0.018mmol)、碘化亚铜(1mg,0.006mmol)、双三苯基磷二氯化钯(2mg,0.003mmol)、吡啶(2mg,0.03mmol)溶于N,N-二甲基甲酰胺(0.5mL)中,,将反应混合物置于封管中,氮气氛围下加热至65℃搅拌3小时。TLC监测反应完毕。待反应混合液冷却至室温后,过滤,滤液减压浓缩。所得粗品经硅胶柱层析分离纯化(二氯甲烷:甲醇=20:1,2%氨水)得到白色固体化合物46(2mg,收率54%)。1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.51(s,1H),8.69(s,1H),8.66-8.63(m,2H),8.53(s,1H),7.91-7.87(m,1H),7.83-7.79(m,2H),7.54-7.49(m,3H),7.49-7.44(m,1H),5.82(s,2H),3.81(s,3H),1.65-1.57(m,1H),1.04-0.99(m,2H),0.88-0.82(m,2H)。MS m/z 594.1[M+H]+。Compound 34-b (4 mg, 0.006 mmol), 3-ethynylpyridine (1.93 mg, 0.018 mmol), cuprous iodide (1 mg, 0.006 mmol), bistriphenylphosphine palladium dichloride (2 mg, 0.003 mmol), pyridine (2 mg, 0.03 mmol) were dissolved in N, N-dimethylformamide (0.5 mL), and the reaction mixture was placed in a sealed tube and heated to 65 ° C under a nitrogen atmosphere and stirred for 3 hours. TLC monitored the completion of the reaction. After the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, it was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 20: 1, 2% ammonia water) to give a white solid compound 46 (2 mg, yield 54%). 1 H NMR (500MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ9.51(s,1H),8.69(s,1H),8.66-8.63(m,2H),8.53(s,1H),7.91-7.87(m,1H),7.83-7.79(m,2H),7.54-7.49(m,3H),7.49-7 .44(m,1H),5.82(s,2H),3.81(s,3H),1.65-1.57(m,1H),1.04-0.99(m,2H),0.88-0.82(m,2H). MS m/z 594.1[M+H] + .
实施例32:化合物47的制备
Example 32: Preparation of Compound 47
将化合物34-b(100mg,0.156mmol)、三甲基乙炔基硅(46mg,0.468mmol)、碘化亚铜(3mg,0.016mmol)、双三苯基磷二氯化钯(11mg,0.016mmol)、吡啶(36mg,0.468mmol)溶于N,N-二甲基甲酰胺(0.5mL)中,将反应混合物置于封管中,氮气氛围下加热至65℃搅拌3小时。TLC监测反应完毕。待反应混合液冷却至室温后,过滤,滤液减压浓缩。所得粗品经硅胶柱层析分离纯化(二氯甲烷:甲醇=30:1)得到化合物47-a(80mg,收率87%)。Compound 34-b (100 mg, 0.156 mmol), trimethylethynylsilane (46 mg, 0.468 mmol), cuprous iodide (3 mg, 0.016 mmol), bistriphenylphosphine palladium dichloride (11 mg, 0.016 mmol), pyridine (36 mg, 0.468 mmol) were dissolved in N, N-dimethylformamide (0.5 mL), the reaction mixture was placed in a sealed tube, heated to 65 ° C under nitrogen atmosphere and stirred for 3 hours. TLC monitored the completion of the reaction. After the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, it was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 30: 1) to obtain compound 47-a (80 mg, yield 87%).
将化合物47-a(20mg,0.034mmol)、3-碘噻吩(14mg,0.068mmol)、双三苯基磷二氯化钯(2mg,0.003mmol)、碳酸铯(33mg,0.10mmol)溶于N,N-二甲基甲酰胺(0.5mL)中,将反应混合物置于封管中,氮气氛围下加热至80℃搅拌0.5小时。TLC监测反应完毕。待反应混合液冷却至室温后,过滤,滤液减压浓缩。所得粗品经硅胶柱层析分离纯化(二氯甲烷:甲醇=20:1)得到化合物47(5.72mg,收率28%)。1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.51(s,1H),8.70(s,1H),8.53(s,1H),7.93(dd,J=2.9,1.2Hz,1H),7.80-7.75(m,2H),7.68-7.64(m,1H),7.53-7.49(m,2H),7.42(s,1H),7.15(dd,J=5.0,1.2Hz,1H),5.81(s,2H),3.82(s,3H),1.65-1.59(m,1H),1.05-0.99(m,2H),0.90-0.82(m,2H)。MS m/z 599.0[M+H]+。Compound 47-a (20 mg, 0.034 mmol), 3-iodothiophene (14 mg, 0.068 mmol), bistriphenylphosphine palladium dichloride (2 mg, 0.003 mmol), cesium carbonate (33 mg, 0.10 mmol) were dissolved in N, N-dimethylformamide (0.5 mL), the reaction mixture was placed in a sealed tube, heated to 80 ° C under a nitrogen atmosphere and stirred for 0.5 hours. TLC monitored the completion of the reaction. After the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, it was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 20: 1) to obtain compound 47 (5.72 mg, yield 28%). 1 H NMR (500MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ9.51(s,1H),8.70(s,1H),8.53(s,1H),7.93(dd,J=2.9,1.2Hz,1H),7.80-7.75(m,2H),7.68-7.64(m,1H),7.53-7.49(m,2H) ,7.42(s,1H),7.15(dd,J=5.0,1.2Hz,1H),5.81(s,2H),3.82(s,3H),1.65-1.59(m,1H),1.05-0.99(m,2H),0.90-0.82(m,2H). MS m/z 599.0[M+H] + .
实施例33:化合物48的制备
Example 33: Preparation of Compound 48
将化合物47-a(15mg,0.03mmol)和化合物48-a(17mg,0.06mmol)(48-a的合成参考文章DOI:10.1039/d0sc02213f中方法)溶于四氢呋喃(1.0mL)中,再加入三乙胺(9mg,0.09mmol)、氯化亚铜(2mg,0.02mmol)、乙酰丙酮酸铜(5mg,0.02mmol)和氟化铯(23mg,0.15mmol),氮气氛围下,用蓝光灯照射并在室温下搅拌过夜。反应体系过滤,有机相减压浓缩。所得粗品经制备型薄层色谱分离纯化(乙酸乙酯100%)得到白色固体化合物48(2.5mg,收率16%)。1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.51(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.52(s,1H),7.75-7.66(m,2H),7.52-7.43(m,2H),7.30(s,1H),5.80(s,2H),3.85(s,3H),3.28-3.21(m,1H),3.03-2.89(m,2H),2.63-2.52(m,2H),1.68-1.61(m,1H),1.09-1.00(m,2H),0.88-0.80(m,2H)。MS m/z 607.1[M+H]+。Compound 47-a (15 mg, 0.03 mmol) and compound 48-a (17 mg, 0.06 mmol) (synthesis of 48-a according to the method in the article DOI: 10.1039/d0sc02213f) were dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (1.0 mL), and triethylamine (9 mg, 0.09 mmol), cuprous chloride (2 mg, 0.02 mmol), copper acetylacetonate (5 mg, 0.02 mmol) and cesium fluoride (23 mg, 0.15 mmol) were added, and the mixture was irradiated with a blue light lamp under a nitrogen atmosphere and stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction system was filtered, and the organic phase was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by preparative thin layer chromatography (ethyl acetate 100%) to obtain white solid compound 48 (2.5 mg, yield 16%). 1 H NMR (500MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ9.51(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.52(s,1H),7.75-7.66(m,2H),7.52-7.43(m,2H),7.30(s,1H),5.80(s,2H),3.85(s,3H),3.28- 3.21(m,1H),3.03-2.89(m,2H),2.63-2.52(m,2H),1.68-1.61(m,1H),1.09-1.00(m,2H),0.88-0.80(m,2H). MS m/z 607.1[M+H] + .
实施例34:化合物49的制备
Example 34: Preparation of Compound 49
将化合物1-a(92mg,0.19mmol)、(2-溴乙炔基)三异丙基硅烷(247mg,0.95mmol)、2-(2-吡啶)-苯并咪唑(7mg,0.04mmol)、碘化亚铜(4mg,0.02mmol)、碳酸铯(124mg,0.38mmol)溶于二氧六环(2mL)中,反应混合物氮气氛围下100℃加热搅拌过夜。将反应混合物经硅藻土过滤,滤液减压浓缩,所得粗品经硅胶柱层析分离纯化(乙酸乙酯:石油醚=1:1)得白色固体化合物49-a(52mg,收率41%)。MS m/z 673.3[M+H]+。Compound 1-a (92 mg, 0.19 mmol), (2-bromoethynyl)triisopropylsilane (247 mg, 0.95 mmol), 2-(2-pyridine)-benzimidazole (7 mg, 0.04 mmol), cuprous iodide (4 mg, 0.02 mmol), cesium carbonate (124 mg, 0.38 mmol) were dissolved in dioxane (2 mL), and the reaction mixture was heated and stirred at 100 ° C overnight under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was filtered through diatomaceous earth, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by silica gel column chromatography (ethyl acetate: petroleum ether = 1:1) to obtain a white solid compound 49-a (52 mg, yield 41%). MS m/z 673.3 [M+H] + .
将化合物49-a(30mg,0.04mmol)溶于DMF(2mL),加入氟化铯(33mg,0.22mmol)。反应混合物室温搅拌1小时,将反应混合物过滤,滤液减压浓缩,所得粗品经制备型薄层板分离纯化(乙酸乙酯:石油醚=1:1)得白色固体化合物49(14mg,收率61%)。MS m/z 517.1[M+H]+。Compound 49-a (30 mg, 0.04 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (2 mL), and cesium fluoride (33 mg, 0.22 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, the reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by preparative thin layer plate (ethyl acetate: petroleum ether = 1:1) to obtain white solid compound 49 (14 mg, yield 61%). MS m/z 517.1 [M+H] + .
实施例35:化合物50的制备
Example 35: Preparation of Compound 50
将化合物49-a(22mg,0.03mmol)溶于四氢呋喃(2mL),滴加四丁基氟化铵(1M,0.10mL),反应液室温搅拌1小时。将反应液减压浓缩,所得粗品经制备型薄层板分离纯化(乙酸乙酯:石油醚=1:1)得白色固体化合物50(1mg,收率7%)。1H NMR(500MHz,CD3OD)δ9.40(s,1H),8.64(s,1H),8.41(s,1H),7.93(s,1H),7.66-7.63(m,2H),7.55-7.51(m,2H),6.86(dd,J=76.6,3.9Hz,1H),6.48(dd,J=29.9,3.9Hz,1H),5.81(s,2H),3.92(s,3H),1.70-1.65(m,1H),1.18-1.14(m,2H),0.92-0.88(m,2H)。MS m/z 537.1[M+H]+。Compound 49-a (22 mg, 0.03 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (2 mL), tetrabutylammonium fluoride (1 M, 0.10 mL) was added dropwise, and the reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the obtained crude product was separated and purified by preparative thin layer plate (ethyl acetate: petroleum ether = 1:1) to obtain white solid compound 50 (1 mg, yield 7%). 1 H NMR (500MHz, CD 3 OD) δ9.40 (s, 1H), 8.64 (s, 1H), 8.41 (s, 1H), 7.93 (s, 1H), 7.66-7.63 (m, 2H), 7.55-7.51 (m, 2H), 6.86 (dd, J=76.6, 3.9Hz, 1H), 6.48 (dd,J=29.9,3.9Hz,1H),5.81(s,2H),3.92(s,3H),1.70-1.65(m,1H),1.18-1.14(m,2H),0.92-0.88(m,2H). MS m/z 537.1[M+H] + .
实施例35:化合物51的制备
Example 35: Preparation of Compound 51
将化合物49(6mg,0.01mmol)溶于四氢呋喃(1mL),加入丙酮(1mg,0.02mmol)、氨基钠(1mg,0.03mmol)。反应液室温搅拌0.5小时。将反应液减压浓缩,所得粗品经制备型薄层板分离纯化(乙酸乙酯:石油醚=1:1)得白色固体化合物51(0.7mg,收率10%)。1H NMR(500MHz,CD3OD)δ9.40(s,1H),8.64(s,1H),8.42(s,1H),8.00-7.96(m,3H),7.53-7.49(m,2H),5.81(s,2H),3.91(s,3H),1.68-1.65(m,1H),1.48(s,6H),1.17-1.14(m,2H),0.92-0.89(m,2H)。MS m/z 575.1[M+H]+。Compound 49 (6 mg, 0.01 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (1 mL), and acetone (1 mg, 0.02 mmol) and sodium amide (1 mg, 0.03 mmol) were added. The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 0.5 hours. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the crude product was separated and purified by preparative thin layer plate (ethyl acetate: petroleum ether = 1:1) to obtain white solid compound 51 (0.7 mg, yield 10%). 1 H NMR (500MHz, CD 3 OD) δ9.40(s,1H),8.64(s,1H),8.42(s,1H),8.00-7.96(m,3H),7.53-7.49(m,2H),5.81(s,2H),3.91(s,3H),1.68-1.65(m,1H), 1.48(s,6H),1.17-1.14(m,2H),0.92-0.89(m,2H). MS m/z 575.1[M+H] + .
实施例36:化合物52的制备
Example 36: Preparation of Compound 52
将无水氯化铬(1.66g,13.50mmol)溶于四氢呋喃(20mL)。氮气氛围下滴加3-甲酰基氮杂环丁烷-1-羧酸叔丁酯(500mg,2.70mmol)、碘仿(2.13g,5.40mmol)的四氢呋喃(10mL)溶液。反应混合物室温搅拌4小时。将反应混合物经硅藻土过滤,滤液减压浓缩,经硅胶柱层析分离纯化得无色油状化合物52-a(226mg,收率27%)。Anhydrous chromium chloride (1.66 g, 13.50 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL). A solution of tert-butyl 3-formylazetidine-1-carboxylate (500 mg, 2.70 mmol) and iodoform (2.13 g, 5.40 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) was added dropwise under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through diatomaceous earth, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the colorless oily compound 52-a (226 mg, yield 27%) was obtained by separation and purification by silica gel column chromatography.
将化合物1-a(50mg,0.10mmol)、化合物52-a(63mg,0.20mmol)、2-(2-吡啶)-苯并咪唑(4mg,0.02mmol)、碘化亚铜(2mg,0.01mmol)、碳酸铯(65mg,0.20mmol)溶于二氧六环(2mL)中,反应混合物氮气氛围下100℃加热搅拌过夜。将反应混合物经硅藻土过滤,滤液减压浓缩,所得粗品经硅胶柱层析分离纯化得白色固体化合物52-b(10mg,收率15%)。MS m/z 674.3[M+H]+。Compound 1-a (50 mg, 0.10 mmol), compound 52-a (63 mg, 0.20 mmol), 2-(2-pyridine)-benzimidazole (4 mg, 0.02 mmol), cuprous iodide (2 mg, 0.01 mmol), cesium carbonate (65 mg, 0.20 mmol) were dissolved in dioxane (2 mL), and the reaction mixture was heated and stirred at 100 ° C overnight under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was filtered through diatomaceous earth, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain white solid compound 52-b (10 mg, yield 15%). MS m/z 674.3 [M+H] + .
将化合物52-b(10mg,0.01mmol)溶于二氯甲烷(2mL),冰浴下滴加氯化氢二氧六环溶液(4M,0.2mL)。反应液室温搅拌1小时。将反应液以氨水调节pH至8~10,减压浓缩,所得粗品经制备型薄层板分离纯化得白色固体化合物52(7mg,收率82%)。MS m/z 574.1[M+H]+。Compound 52-b (10 mg, 0.01 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (2 mL), and a solution of hydrogen chloride in dioxane (4 M, 0.2 mL) was added dropwise under ice bath. The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The pH of the reaction solution was adjusted to 8-10 with aqueous ammonia, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by preparative thin layer plate to obtain white solid compound 52 (7 mg, yield 82%). MS m/z 574.1 [M+H] + .
实施例37:化合物53的制备
Example 37: Preparation of Compound 53
将化合物52(6mg,0.01mmol)溶于甲醇(1mL),加入多聚甲醛(1mg,0.03mmol)、无水氯化锌(3mg,0.02mmol)、氰基硼氢化钠(2mg,0.03mmol)。反应混合物室温搅拌过夜,将反应液以水淬灭,混合液经乙酸乙酯萃取(3×5mL)。合并的有机相经饱和食盐水洗涤、无水硫酸钠干燥、过滤后减压浓缩,所得粗品经制备型薄层板分离纯化得白色固体化合物53(3mg,收率49%)1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.52(s,1H),8.72(s,1H),8.53(s,1H),8.34(s,1H),7.63-7.57(m,2H),7.46-7.41(m,2H),6.85(d,J=13.9Hz,1H),6.40(dd,J=13.9,8.9Hz,1H),5.79(s,2H),3.86(s,3H),3.59-3.53(m,2H),3.27-3.20(m,1H),3.14-3.08(m,2H),2.32(s,3H),1.69-1.63(m,1H),1.09-1.05(m,2H),0.89-0.84(m,2H)。MS m/z 588.2[M+H]+。Compound 52 (6 mg, 0.01 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (1 mL), and paraformaldehyde (1 mg, 0.03 mmol), anhydrous zinc chloride (3 mg, 0.02 mmol), and sodium cyanoborohydride (2 mg, 0.03 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, and the reaction solution was quenched with water. The mixed solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×5 mL). The combined organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by preparative thin layer plate to obtain white solid compound 53 (3 mg, yield 49%). 1 H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d 6 )δ9.52(s,1H),8.72(s,1H),8.53(s,1H),8.34(s,1H),7.63-7.57(m,2H),7.46-7.41(m,2H),6.85(d,J=13.9Hz,1H),6.40(dd,J=13.9,8.9Hz,1H),5. 79(s,2H),3.86(s,3H),3.59-3.53(m,2H),3.27-3.20(m,1H),3.14-3.08(m,2H),2.32(s,3H),1.69-1.63(m,1H),1.09-1.05(m,2H),0.89-0.84( m,2H). MS m/z 588.2 [M+H] + .
实施例38:化合物54的制备
Example 38: Preparation of Compound 54
将化合物1-a(35mg,0.07mmol)、化合物54-a(47mg,0.213mmol)、2-二环己基磷-2',6'-二异丙氧基-1,1'-联苯(6mg,0.014mmol)、(2-二环己基膦-3,6-二甲氧基-2',4',6'-三异丙基-1,1'-联苯)(2'-甲基氨基-1,1'-联苯-2-基)甲磺酸钯(II)(6mg,0.007mmol)、碳酸铯(69mg,0.213mmol)溶于1,4-二氧六环溶液中(1mL)中,,将反应混合物置于封管中,氮气氛围下加热至100℃搅拌3小时。TLC监测反应完毕。待反应混合液冷却至室温后,过滤,滤液减压浓缩。所得粗品经硅胶柱层析分离纯化(二氯甲烷:甲醇=25:1)得到化合物54(31mg,收率75%)。1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.52(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.53(s,1H),8.29(d,J=1.0Hz,1H),7.59(d,J=8.3Hz,2H),7.37(d,J=8.3Hz,2H),5.93(s,1H),5.77(s,2H),3.84(s,3H),1.69-1.61(m,2H),1.10(d,J=6.0Hz,1H),1.07-1.02(m,3H),0.94(d,J=6.0Hz,1H),0.88-0.82(m,3H)。溶剂峰中包含一个氢。MS m/z 587.2[M+H]+。Compound 1-a (35 mg, 0.07 mmol), compound 54-a (47 mg, 0.213 mmol), 2-dicyclohexylphosphine-2',6'-diisopropyl-1,1'-biphenyl (6 mg, 0.014 mmol), (2-dicyclohexylphosphine-3,6-dimethoxy-2',4',6'-triisopropyl-1,1'-biphenyl) (2'-methylamino-1,1'-biphenyl-2-yl) palladium (II) methanesulfonate (6 mg, 0.007 mmol), cesium carbonate (69 mg, 0.213 mmol) were dissolved in 1,4-dioxane solution (1 mL), and the reaction mixture was placed in a sealed tube and heated to 100 ° C under nitrogen atmosphere and stirred for 3 hours. TLC monitored the completion of the reaction. After the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, it was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained crude product was separated and purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane:methanol=25:1) to give compound 54 (31 mg, yield 75%). 1 H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ9.52 (s, 1H), 8.71 (s, 1H), 8.53 (s, 1H), 8.29 (d, J = 1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.37 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 5.93 (s, 1H), 5.77 (s, 2H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 1.69-1.61 (m, 2H), 1.10 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 1.07-1.02 (m, 3H), 0.94 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 0.88-0.82 (m, 3H). The solvent peak contains one hydrogen. MS m/z 587.2 [M+H] + .
实施例39:化合物55和56的制备
Example 39: Preparation of Compounds 55 and 56
将2-氟吡啶-4-甲醛(100mg,0.80mmol)溶于甲醇(3mL)中。滴加(1-重氮基-2-氧代丙基)膦酸二甲酯(230mg,1.20mmol),再加入碳酸钾(21mg,1.60mmol)。反应混合物室温搅拌3小时。将反应液以水淬灭,混合液经乙酸乙酯萃取(3×10mL)。合并的有机相经饱和食盐水洗涤、无水硫酸钠干燥、过滤后减压浓缩。所得粗品经制备型薄层板分离纯化(乙酸乙酯:石油醚=1:20)得到白色固体化合物55-a(23mg,收率22%)。2-Fluoropyridine-4-carboxaldehyde (100 mg, 0.80 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (3 mL). Dimethyl (1-diazo-2-oxopropyl)phosphonate (230 mg, 1.20 mmol) was added dropwise, followed by potassium carbonate (21 mg, 1.60 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The reaction solution was quenched with water, and the mixed solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×10 mL). The combined organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by preparative thin layer plate (ethyl acetate: petroleum ether = 1:20) to give white solid compound 55-a (23 mg, yield 22%).
将化合物1-a(50mg,0.10mmol)、化合物55-a(23mg,0.19mmol)、碳酸铯(65mg,0.20mmol)溶于乙腈(2mL)。反应混合物90℃加热搅拌过夜。将反应混合物经硅藻土过滤,滤液减压浓缩,所得粗品经制备型薄层板(甲醇:二氯甲烷=1:20)分离纯化得化合物55(11mg,收率21%)和化合物56(3mg,收率6%)。Compound 1-a (50 mg, 0.10 mmol), compound 55-a (23 mg, 0.19 mmol), and cesium carbonate (65 mg, 0.20 mmol) were dissolved in acetonitrile (2 mL). The reaction mixture was heated and stirred at 90 ° C overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered through diatomaceous earth, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by preparative thin layer plate (methanol: dichloromethane = 1:20) to obtain compound 55 (11 mg, yield 21%) and compound 56 (3 mg, yield 6%).
化合物55:1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.51(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.55-8.54(m,1H),8.53(s,1H),8.21(d,J=5.2Hz,1H),7.89(d,J=14.4Hz,1H),7.69-7.65(m,2H),7.50-7.46(m,2H),7.45-7.43(m,1H),7.32(s,1H),7.29(d,J=14.4Hz,1H),5.80(s,2H),3.83(s,3H),1.68-1.63(m,1H),1.06-1.03(m,2H),0.86-0.82(m,2H)。MS m/z 614.0[M+H]+。Compound 55: 1 H NMR (500MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ9.51 (s, 1H), 8.71 (s, 1H), 8.55-8.54 (m, 1H), 8.53 (s, 1H), 8.21 (d, J=5.2Hz,1H),7.89(d,J=14.4Hz,1H),7.69-7.65(m,2H),7.50-7.46(m,2H),7.45-7.43(m,1H),7.32(s ,1H),7.29(d,J=14.4Hz,1H),5.80(s,2H),3.83(s,3H),1.68-1.63(m,1H),1.06-1.03(m,2H),0.86- 0.82(m,2H). MS m/z 614.0 [M+H] + .
化合物56:1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.51(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.52(s,1H),8.01(d,J=5.2Hz,1H),7.92-7.91(m,1H),7.60-7.56(m,2H),7.37(m,2H),7.27(d,J=8.8Hz,1H),6.74(d,J=8.8Hz,1H),6.68-6.65(m,1H),6.54(s,1H),5.74(s,2H),3.84(s,3H),1.67-1.63(m,1H),1.07-1.04(m,2H),0.87-0.84(m,2H)。MS m/z 614.0[M+H]+。Compound 56: 1 H NMR (500MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ9.51 (s, 1H), 8.71 (s, 1H), 8.52 (s, 1H), 8.01 (d, J = 5.2Hz, 1H), 7.92 -7.91(m,1H),7.60-7.56(m,2H),7.37(m,2H),7.27(d,J=8.8Hz,1H),6.74(d,J=8.8Hz,1H),6.68- 6.65(m,1H),6.54(s,1H),5.74(s,2H),3.84(s,3H),1.67-1.63(m,1H),1.07-1.04(m,2H),0.87-0.84( m,2H). MS m/z 614.0 [M+H] + .
实施例40:化合物57的制备
Example 40: Preparation of Compound 57
将化合物1-a(50mg,0.101mmol),化合物3-乙炔基吡啶(21mg,0.203mmol),溶于乙腈(1mL)中,再加入碳酸铯(99mg,0.304mmol),加热至80℃反应14小时,反应完毕,反应液加水再用乙酸乙酯萃取三遍,合并有机相,有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,滤液减压蒸干得粗品,粗品经薄层层析硅胶板(二氯甲烷:甲醇=25:1)纯化得化合物57(3.42mg,收率5.6%)。1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.50(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.51(s,1H),8.38(dd,J=4.7,1.5Hz,1H),8.08(d,J=2.0Hz,1H),7.88(s,1H),7.65(d,J=8.3Hz,2H),7.34(d,J=8.3Hz,2H),7.22-7.19(m,1H),7.17(d,J=8.8Hz,1H),7.10(d,J=8.0Hz,1H),6.75(d,J=8.8Hz,1H),5.73(s,2H),3.83(s,3H),1.67-1.61(m,1H),1.07-1.01(m,2H),0.87-0.81(m,3H)。MS m/z596.1[M+H]+。Compound 1-a (50 mg, 0.101 mmol) and compound 3-ethynylpyridine (21 mg, 0.203 mmol) were dissolved in acetonitrile (1 mL), and cesium carbonate (99 mg, 0.304 mmol) was added, and the mixture was heated to 80°C for 14 hours. After the reaction was completed, water was added to the reaction solution and then extracted three times with ethyl acetate. The organic phases were combined, washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and the filtrate was evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product. The crude product was purified by thin layer chromatography on silica gel plate (dichloromethane: methanol = 25: 1) to obtain compound 57 (3.42 mg, yield 5.6%). 1 H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d 6 )δ9.50(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.51(s,1H),8.38(dd,J=4.7,1.5Hz,1H),8.08(d,J=2.0Hz,1H),7.88(s,1H),7.65(d,J=8.3Hz,2H),7.34(d,J=8.3Hz,2H), 7.22-7.19(m,1H),7.17(d,J=8.8Hz,1H),7.10(d,J=8.0Hz,1H),6.75(d,J=8.8Hz,1H),5.73(s,2H),3.83(s,3H),1.67-1.61(m,1H),1.07-1.01(m,2 H),0.87-0.81(m,3H). MS m/z 596.1 [M+H] + .
实施例41:化合物58和63的制备
Example 41: Preparation of Compounds 58 and 63
将化合物1-a(50mg,0.10mmol)、2-乙炔基吡啶(21mg,0.19mmol)、碳酸铯(65mg,0.20mmol)溶于乙腈(2mL)。反应混合物90℃加热搅拌过夜。将反应混合物经硅藻土过滤,滤液减压浓缩,所得粗品经制备型薄层板分离纯化(甲醇:二氯甲烷=1:20)得化合物63(2mg,收率3%)。1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.52(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.63(s,1H),8.53(s,1H),8.51-8.49(m,1H),7.86(d,J=14.0Hz,1H),7.82-7.78(m,1H),7.64(d,J=8.2Hz,2H),7.48(d,J=8.2Hz,2H),7.38(d,J=7.8Hz,1H),7.33(d,J=14.0Hz,1H),7.30-7.27(m,1H),5.82(s,2H),3.84(s,3H),1.68-1.64(m,1H),1.06-1.02(m,2H),0.87-0.82(m,2H)。MS m/z 596.0[M+H]+。Compound 1-a (50 mg, 0.10 mmol), 2-ethynylpyridine (21 mg, 0.19 mmol), and cesium carbonate (65 mg, 0.20 mmol) were dissolved in acetonitrile (2 mL). The reaction mixture was heated and stirred at 90 °C overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered through diatomaceous earth, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by preparative thin layer plate (methanol: dichloromethane = 1:20) to obtain compound 63 (2 mg, yield 3%). 1 H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d 6 )δ9.52(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.63(s,1H),8.53(s,1H),8.51-8.49(m,1H),7.86(d,J=14.0Hz,1H),7.82-7.78(m,1H),7.64(d,J=8.2Hz,2H),7.48(d, J=8.2Hz,2H),7.38(d,J=7.8Hz,1H),7.33(d,J=14.0Hz,1H),7.30-7.27(m,1H),5.82(s,2H),3.84(s,3H),1.68-1.64(m,1H),1.06-1.02(m,2H),0.87 -0.82(m,2H). MS m/z 596.0 [M+H] + .
化合物58(9mg,收率15%)。1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.50(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.51(s,1H),8.39-8.37(m,1H),7.87-7.86(m,1H),7.66(dd,J=8.1,1.7Hz,3H),7.35(d,J=8.3Hz,2H),7.22-7.19(m,1H),7.08(d,J=9.1Hz,1H),7.03(d,J=7.9Hz,1H),6.70(d,J=9.1Hz,1H),5.73(s,2H),3.83(s,3H),1.67-1.61(m,1H),1.07-1.03(m,2H),0.86-0.82(m,2H)。MS m/z 596.0[M+H]+。Compound 58 (9 mg, yield 15%). 1 H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d 6 )δ9.50(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.51(s,1H),8.39-8.37(m,1H),7.87-7.86(m,1H),7.66(dd,J=8.1,1.7Hz,3H),7.35(d,J=8.3Hz,2H),7.22-7.19(m,1H) ,7.08(d,J=9.1Hz,1H),7.03(d,J=7.9Hz,1H),6.70(d,J=9.1Hz,1H),5.73(s,2H),3.83(s,3H),1.67-1.61(m,1H),1.07-1.03(m,2H),0.86-0.82(m, 2H). MS m/z 596.0 [M+H] + .
实施例42:化合物59和60的制备
Example 42: Preparation of Compounds 59 and 60
将化合物1-a(50mg,0.101mmol),化合物5-乙炔基嘧啶(21mg,0.203mmol),溶于乙腈(1mL)中,再加入碳酸铯(99mg,0.304mmol),加热至80℃反应14小时,反应完毕,反应液加水再用乙酸乙酯萃取三遍,合并有机相,有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,滤液减压蒸干得粗品,粗品经薄层层析硅胶板(二氯甲烷:甲醇=25:1)纯化得化合物59(2mg,收率3.3%)。1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.51(s,1H),9.10(s,1H),8.95(s,2H),8.71(s,1H),8.54-8.51(m,2H),7.82(d,J=14.5Hz,1H),7.69(d,J=8.2Hz,2H),7.47(d,J=8.2Hz,2H),7.24(d,J=14.5Hz,1H),5.80(s,2H),3.83(s,3H),1.68-1.63(m,1H),1.07-1.02(m,2H),0.88-0.81(m,2H)。MS m/z 597.0[M+H]+。Compound 1-a (50 mg, 0.101 mmol) and compound 5-ethynylpyrimidine (21 mg, 0.203 mmol) were dissolved in acetonitrile (1 mL), and cesium carbonate (99 mg, 0.304 mmol) was added, and the mixture was heated to 80°C for 14 hours. After the reaction was completed, water was added to the reaction solution and then extracted three times with ethyl acetate. The organic phases were combined, washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and the filtrate was evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product. The crude product was purified by thin layer chromatography on silica gel plates (dichloromethane: methanol = 25:1) to obtain compound 59 (2 mg, yield 3.3%). 1 H NMR (500MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ9.51 (s, 1H), 9.10 (s, 1H), 8.95 (s, 2H), 8.71 (s, 1H), 8.54-8.51 (m, 2H), 7.82 (d, J = 14.5Hz, 1H), 7.69 (d, J = 8.2Hz, 2H), 7.47 (d ,J=8.2Hz,2H),7.24(d,J=14.5Hz,1H),5.80(s,2H),3.83(s,3H),1.68-1.63(m,1H),1.07-1.02(m,2H),0.88-0.81(m,2H). MS m/z 597.0[M+H] + .
化合物60(5.86mg,收率9.7%):1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.50(s,1H),8.98(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.51(s,1H),8.23(s,2H),7.97(d,J=0.9Hz,1H),7.64(d,J=8.3Hz,2H),7.36(d,J=8.3Hz,2H),7.25(d,J=8.8Hz,1H),6.73(d,J=8.8Hz,1H),5.74(s,2H),3.85(s,3H),1.67-1.61(m,1H),1.08-1.02(m,2H),0.87-0.81(m,2H)。MS m/z 597.0[M+H]+。Compound 60 (5.86 mg, yield 9.7%): 1 H NMR (500MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ9.50 (s, 1H), 8.98 (s, 1H), 8.71 (s, 1H), 8.51 (s, 1H),8.23(s,2H),7.97(d,J=0.9Hz,1H),7.64(d,J=8.3Hz,2H),7.36(d,J=8.3Hz,2H),7.25(d, J=8.8Hz,1H),6.73(d,J=8.8Hz,1H),5.74(s,2H),3.85(s,3H),1.67-1.61(m,1H),1.08-1.02(m,2H ),0.87-0.81(m,2H). MS m/z 597.0 [M+H] + .
实施例43:化合物61和62的制备
Example 43: Preparation of Compounds 61 and 62
将无水氯化铬(864mg,7.03mmol)溶于四氢呋喃(10mL)。氮气氛围下滴加1-叔丁氧羰基哌啶-4-甲醛(500mg,2.34mmol)、碘仿(1.85g,4.69mmol)的四氢呋喃(10mL)溶液。反应混合物室温搅拌4小时。将反应混合物经硅藻土过滤,滤液减压浓缩,经硅胶柱层析分离纯化得无色油状化合物61-a(210mg,收率26%)。Anhydrous chromium chloride (864 mg, 7.03 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL). A solution of 1-tert-butyloxycarbonylpiperidine-4-carboxaldehyde (500 mg, 2.34 mmol) and iodoform (1.85 g, 4.69 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) was added dropwise under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through diatomaceous earth, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the colorless oily compound 61-a (210 mg, yield 26%) was obtained by separation and purification by silica gel column chromatography.
将化合物1-a(100mg,0.203mmol)、化合物61-a(137mg,0.41mmol)、2-(2-吡啶)-苯并咪唑(8mg,0.041mmol)、碘化亚铜(4mg,0.02mmol)、碳酸铯(132mg,0.41mmol)溶于二氧六环(2mL)中,反应混合物氮气氛围下100℃加热搅拌过夜。将反应混合物经硅藻土过滤,滤液减压浓缩,所得粗品经硅胶柱层析分离纯化得白色固体化合物61-b(22mg,收率15%)。MS m/z 702.3[M+H]+。Compound 1-a (100 mg, 0.203 mmol), compound 61-a (137 mg, 0.41 mmol), 2-(2-pyridine)-benzimidazole (8 mg, 0.041 mmol), cuprous iodide (4 mg, 0.02 mmol), cesium carbonate (132 mg, 0.41 mmol) were dissolved in dioxane (2 mL), and the reaction mixture was heated and stirred at 100 ° C overnight under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was filtered through diatomaceous earth, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain white solid compound 61-b (22 mg, yield 15%). MS m/z 702.3 [M+H] + .
将化合物61-b(22mg,0.03mmol)溶于二氯甲烷(2mL),冰浴下滴加氯化氢二氧六环溶液(4M,0.2mL)。反应液室温搅拌1小时。将反应液以氨水调节pH至8~10,减压浓缩,所得粗品经制备型薄层板分离纯化得白色固体化合物62(10mg,收率53%)。MS m/z 602.2[M+H]+。Compound 61-b (22 mg, 0.03 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (2 mL), and a solution of hydrogen chloride in dioxane (4 M, 0.2 mL) was added dropwise under ice bath. The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The pH of the reaction solution was adjusted to 8-10 with aqueous ammonia, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by preparative thin layer plate to obtain white solid compound 62 (10 mg, yield 53%). MS m/z 602.2 [M+H] + .
将化合物62(10mg,0.016mmol)溶于甲醇(1mL),加入多聚甲醛(1.5mg,0.048mmol)、再加入乙酸(1滴)室温搅拌30分钟后加入氰基硼氢化钠(2mg,0.032mmol)。反应混合物室温搅拌过夜,将反应液以水淬灭,混合液经乙酸乙酯萃取(3×5mL)。合并的有机相经饱和食盐水洗涤、无水硫酸钠干燥、过滤后减压浓缩,所得粗品经制备型薄层板分离纯化得白色固体化合物61(1.89mg,收率18%)。1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.51(s,1H),8.72(s,1H),8.52(s,1H),8.28(s,1H),7.61(d,J=8.3Hz,2H),7.44(d,J=8.3Hz,2H),6.77(d,J=14.0Hz,1H),6.17(dd,J=14.1,7.4Hz,1H),5.78(s,2H),3.86(s,3H),2.81-2.71(m,2H),2.18(s,3H),2.13-2.04(m,2H),2.02-1.85(m,3H),1.69-1.59(m,3H),1.10-1.03(m,2H),0.90-0.78(m,2H)。MS m/z 616.0[M+H]+。Compound 62 (10 mg, 0.016 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (1 mL), paraformaldehyde (1.5 mg, 0.048 mmol) was added, and acetic acid (1 drop) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 30 minutes, sodium cyanoborohydride (2 mg, 0.032 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, the reaction solution was quenched with water, and the mixed solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×5 mL). The combined organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by preparative thin layer plate to obtain white solid compound 61 (1.89 mg, yield 18%). 1 H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d 6 )δ9.51(s,1H),8.72(s,1H),8.52(s,1H),8.28(s,1H),7.61(d,J=8.3Hz,2H),7.44(d,J=8.3Hz,2H),6.77(d,J=14.0Hz,1H),6.17(dd,J=14.1,7.4Hz,1H ),5.78(s,2H),3.86(s,3H),2.81-2.71(m,2H),2.18(s,3H),2.13-2.04(m,2H),2.02-1.85(m,3H),1.69-1.59(m,3H),1.10-1.03(m,2H),0.90-0 .78(m,2H). MS m/z 616.0 [M+H] + .
实施例44:化合物64的制备
Example 44: Preparation of Compound 64
将化合物64-a(100mg,0.55mmol)溶于甲苯(2.0mL)中,再加入偶氮二异丁腈(25mg,0.15mmol)和三丁基锡(1mL,3.7mmol)。氮气保护下,90度搅拌2小时。反应液减压浓缩,所得粗品经硅胶柱层析分离纯化(石油醚:乙酸乙酯=5:1)得到黄色油状物64-b(250.0mg,收率97%)。Compound 64-a (100 mg, 0.55 mmol) was dissolved in toluene (2.0 mL), and azobisisobutyronitrile (25 mg, 0.15 mmol) and tributyltin (1 mL, 3.7 mmol) were added. The mixture was stirred at 90 degrees for 2 hours under nitrogen protection. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the crude product was separated and purified by silica gel column chromatography (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 5:1) to obtain a yellow oil 64-b (250.0 mg, yield 97%).
将化合物64-b(250mg,0.53mmol)溶于二氯甲烷(10mL)中,再加入单质碘(147mg,0.58mmol),室温搅拌1小时。反应液用氟化钾水溶液和硫代硫酸钠水溶液洗涤,二氯甲烷萃取,有机相减压浓缩。所得粗品经硅胶柱层析分离纯化(石油醚:乙酸乙酯=5:1)得到淡黄色固体化合物64-c(150.0mg,收率91%)。MS m/z 334.1[M+Na]+。Compound 64-b (250 mg, 0.53 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (10 mL), and iodine (147 mg, 0.58 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction solution was washed with potassium fluoride aqueous solution and sodium thiosulfate aqueous solution, extracted with dichloromethane, and the organic phase was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by silica gel column chromatography (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 5:1) to obtain a light yellow solid compound 64-c (150.0 mg, yield 91%). MS m/z 334.1 [M + Na] +.
将化合物64-c(60mg,0.19mmol)和化合物1-a(30mg,0.06mmol)溶于DMSO(2.0mL)中,再加入氧化亚铜(3mg,0.02mmol)和N1,N2-二(呋喃-2-基甲基)氧醛酰胺(5mg,0.02mmol),氮气氛围下100度搅拌过夜。反应体系冷却至室温,加水淬灭,乙酸乙酯萃取,有机相减压浓缩。所得粗品经制备型薄层色谱分离纯化(乙酸乙酯100%)得到黄色固体化合物64-d(20mg,收率49%)。MS m/z 676.3[M+H]+。Compound 64-c (60 mg, 0.19 mmol) and compound 1-a (30 mg, 0.06 mmol) were dissolved in DMSO (2.0 mL), and cuprous oxide (3 mg, 0.02 mmol) and N 1 , N 2 -di(furan-2-ylmethyl)oxyaldehyde amide (5 mg, 0.02 mmol) were added, and stirred overnight at 100 degrees under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction system was cooled to room temperature, quenched with water, extracted with ethyl acetate, and the organic phase was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by preparative thin layer chromatography (ethyl acetate 100%) to obtain yellow solid compound 64-d (20 mg, yield 49%). MS m/z 676.3[M+H] + .
将化合物64-d(20mg,0.03mmol)溶于二氯甲烷(2.0mL)中,室温下加入三氟乙酸(1.0mL),混合体系室温搅拌1小时。反应液减压浓缩,再溶于甲醇(5.0mL)中,加入氨水(1.0mL),搅拌5分钟,再次减压浓缩。所得粗品经制备型薄层色谱分离纯化(二氯甲烷:甲醇=10:1)得到白色固体化合物64(10mg,收率59%)。MS m/z575.9[M+H]+。1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.51(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.53(s,1H),8.27(s,1H),7.66-7.61(m,2H),7.45-7.41(m,2H),6.90(d,J=14.1Hz,1H),6.32(d,J=14.1Hz,1H),5.79(s,2H),3.85(s,3H),1.69-1.62(m,1H),1.16(s,6H),1.08-1.03(m,2H),0.88-0.84(m,2H)。Compound 64-d (20 mg, 0.03 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (2.0 mL), trifluoroacetic acid (1.0 mL) was added at room temperature, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, dissolved in methanol (5.0 mL), ammonia water (1.0 mL) was added, stirred for 5 minutes, and concentrated under reduced pressure again. The crude product was separated and purified by preparative thin layer chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 10: 1) to obtain white solid compound 64 (10 mg, yield 59%). MS m/z 575.9 [M + H] + . 1 H NMR (500MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ9.51(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.53(s,1H),8.27(s,1H),7.66-7.61(m,2H),7.45-7.41(m,2H),6.90(d,J=14.1Hz,1H),6.32(d, J=14.1Hz,1H),5.79(s,2H),3.85(s,3H),1.69-1.62(m,1H),1.16(s,6H),1.08-1.03(m,2H),0.88-0.84(m,2H).
实施例45:化合物65的制备
Example 45: Preparation of Compound 65
将化合物36(5mg,0.01mmol)置于封管中,加入四氢呋喃(1.0mL),0度加入钠氢(2mg,0.05mmol),缓慢升至室温搅拌30分钟。然后加入碘甲烷(10mg,0.07mmol),将反应液升至70摄氏度搅拌1小时。反应液减压浓缩,所得粗品经硅胶柱层析分离纯化(100%甲基叔丁基醚)得到白色固体化合物65(1.8mg,收率35%)。MS m/z 590.9[M+H]+。Compound 36 (5 mg, 0.01 mmol) was placed in a sealed tube, tetrahydrofuran (1.0 mL) was added, sodium hydrogen sulfide (2 mg, 0.05 mmol) was added at 0 degrees, and the mixture was slowly heated to room temperature and stirred for 30 minutes. Then iodomethane (10 mg, 0.07 mmol) was added, and the reaction solution was heated to 70 degrees Celsius and stirred for 1 hour. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the crude product was separated and purified by silica gel column chromatography (100% methyl tert-butyl ether) to obtain white solid compound 65 (1.8 mg, yield 35%). MS m/z 590.9 [M+H] + .
实施例46:化合物66的制备
Example 46: Preparation of Compound 66
将化合物4-c(18mg,0.03mmol)溶于1,2-二氯乙烷,滴加二乙胺基三氟化硫(19mg,0.12mmol)。反应液室温搅拌1小时,将反应液加水淬灭,混合液经二氯甲烷萃取(3×5mL)。合并的有机相经饱和食盐水洗涤、无水硫酸钠干燥、过滤后减压浓缩。所得粗品经制备型薄层板分离纯化(乙酸乙酯:石油醚=1:1)得到白色固体化合物66(8mg,收率44%)。1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.51(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.53(s,1H),8.29(d,J=1.2Hz,1H),7.59-7.53(m,2H),7.42-7.37(m,2H),5.79(s,2H),3.85(s,3H),2.64-2.54(m,2H),2.48-2.39(m,2H),1.94-1.87(m,1H),1.69-1.62(m,2H),1.08-1.04(m,2H),0.87-0.83(m,2H)。MS m/z 565.8[M+H]+。Compound 4-c (18 mg, 0.03 mmol) was dissolved in 1,2-dichloroethane, and diethylaminosulfur trifluoride (19 mg, 0.12 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, the reaction solution was quenched with water, and the mixed solution was extracted with dichloromethane (3×5 mL). The combined organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by preparative thin layer plate (ethyl acetate: petroleum ether = 1:1) to obtain white solid compound 66 (8 mg, yield 44%). 1 H NMR (500MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ9.51(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.53(s,1H),8.29(d,J=1.2Hz,1H),7.59-7.53(m,2H),7.42-7.37(m,2H),5.79(s,2H),3.85(s,3 H),2.64-2.54(m,2H),2.48-2.39(m,2H),1.94-1.87(m,1H),1.69-1.62(m,2H),1.08-1.04(m,2H),0.87-0.83(m,2H). MS m/z 565.8[M+H] + .
实施例47:化合物67的制备
Example 47: Preparation of Compound 67
将氯化铬(323mg,2.63mmol)置于25mL单口瓶中,再加入四氢呋喃(2mL)。0℃下,滴入化合物67-a(50mg,0.44mmol)和碘仿(345mg,0.88mmol)的四氢呋喃(3mL)混合溶液。滴毕,反应液继续在0℃下搅拌3小时。加水淬灭,乙酸乙酯萃取,有机相减压浓缩。所得粗品经柱层析分离纯化(石油醚:乙酸乙酯=5:1)得到黄色油状物67-b(30.0mg,收率29%)。Chromium chloride (323 mg, 2.63 mmol) was placed in a 25 mL single-mouth bottle, and tetrahydrofuran (2 mL) was added. A mixed solution of compound 67-a (50 mg, 0.44 mmol) and iodoform (345 mg, 0.88 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (3 mL) was added dropwise at 0°C. After the addition, the reaction solution was stirred at 0°C for 3 hours. Water was added to quench the mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by column chromatography (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 5:1) to obtain a yellow oil 67-b (30.0 mg, yield 29%).
将化合物67-b(30mg,0.13mmol)和化合物1-a(20mg,0.04mmol)溶于DMSO(2.0mL)中,再加入氧化亚铜(3mg,0.02mmol)和N1,N2-二(呋喃-2-基甲基)氧醛酰胺(5mg,0.02mmol),氮气氛围下100摄氏度搅拌过夜。降至室温,加水淬灭,乙酸乙酯萃取,有机相减压浓缩。所得粗品经制备型薄层色谱分离纯化(二氯甲烷:甲醇=20:1)得到白色固体化合物67(1.01mg,收率4%)。MS m/z 603.0[M+H]+。Compound 67-b (30 mg, 0.13 mmol) and compound 1-a (20 mg, 0.04 mmol) were dissolved in DMSO (2.0 mL), and cuprous oxide (3 mg, 0.02 mmol) and N 1 , N 2 -di(furan-2-ylmethyl)oxyaldehyde amide (5 mg, 0.02 mmol) were added, and stirred overnight at 100 degrees Celsius under a nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, quenched with water, extracted with ethyl acetate, and the organic phase was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by preparative thin-layer chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 20:1) to obtain white solid compound 67 (1.01 mg, yield 4%). MS m/z 603.0 [M+H] + .
实施例48:化合物68的制备
Example 48: Preparation of Compound 68
将化合物24-b(125mg,0.64mmol)溶于甲醇(3mL),冰浴下缓慢加入硼氢化钠(36mg,0.96mmol)。反应液室温搅拌1小时。将反应减压浓缩,所得粗品经制备型薄层板分离纯化(乙酸乙酯:石油醚=1:5)得化合物68-a(102mg,收率81%)。Compound 24-b (125 mg, 0.64 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (3 mL), and sodium borohydride (36 mg, 0.96 mmol) was slowly added under ice bath. The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the crude product was separated and purified by preparative thin layer plate (ethyl acetate: petroleum ether = 1:5) to obtain compound 68-a (102 mg, yield 81%).
将化合物68-a(15mg,0.07mmol)、化合物1-a(18mg,0.04mmol)、N,N’-二(呋喃-2-基甲基)氧醛酰胺(2mg,0.01mmol)、氧化亚铜(1mg,0.01mmol)、碳酸铯(39mg,0.12mmol)溶于N,N-二甲基甲酰胺(1mL)中,反应混合物氮气氛围下110℃加热搅拌3小时。将反应混合物经硅藻土过滤,滤液减压浓缩,所得粗品经制备型薄层板分离纯化(乙酸乙酯:二氯甲烷=1:1)得白色固体化合物68(5mg,收率24%)。1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d)δ9.51(s,1H),8.72(s,1H),8.53(s,1H),8.34(d, J=1.0Hz,1H),7.62-7.58(m,2H),7.45-7.42(m,2H),6.87(dd,J=14.0,1.4Hz,1H),6.29(dd,J=14.0,5.1Hz,1H),5.80(s,2H),5.01(d,J=4.4Hz,1H),4.32-4.27(m,1H),3.85(s,3H),1.68-1.63(m,1H),1.17(d,J=6.5Hz,3H),1.07-1.04(m,2H),0.88-0.85(m,2H)。MS m/z 563.0[M+H]+。Compound 68-a (15 mg, 0.07 mmol), compound 1-a (18 mg, 0.04 mmol), N, N'-di(furan-2-ylmethyl)oxyaldehyde amide (2 mg, 0.01 mmol), cuprous oxide (1 mg, 0.01 mmol), cesium carbonate (39 mg, 0.12 mmol) were dissolved in N, N-dimethylformamide (1 mL), and the reaction mixture was heated and stirred at 110 ° C for 3 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was filtered through diatomaceous earth, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was separated and purified by preparative thin layer plate (ethyl acetate: dichloromethane = 1:1) to obtain white solid compound 68 (5 mg, yield 24%). 1 H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d) δ9.51 (s, 1H), 8.72 (s, 1H), 8.53 (s, 1H), 8.34 (d, J=1.0Hz,1H),7.62-7.58(m,2H),7.45-7.42(m,2H),6.87(dd,J=14.0,1.4Hz,1H),6.29(dd,J=14.0,5.1Hz,1H),5.80(s,2H),5.01(d,J=4.4Hz,1H),4.32- 4.27(m,1H),3.85(s,3H),1.68-1.63(m,1H),1.17(d,J=6.5Hz,3H),1.07-1.04(m,2H),0.88-0.85(m,2H). MS m/z 563.0[M+H] + .
实施例49:化合物对USP1酶活性的抑制Example 49: Inhibition of USP1 enzyme activity by compounds
方法一:将对照化合物ML323在DMSO中稀释至1mM,然后用DMSO按照4倍梯度连续稀释,共10个浓度。将测试化合物用DMSO按照3倍梯度稀释,共十个浓度。准备1×的检测缓冲液,使用检测缓冲液配制2×的USP1&UAF1工作液和2×的底物工作液。使用Echo转移120nL/孔的测试化合物到384孔板中,其中1%的DMSO作为溶媒对照,10μM的ML323作为阳性对照。每孔加入6μL的2×USP1&UAF1溶液,震荡30秒,在25℃条件下孵育15min。每孔加入6μL的2×底物溶液起始反应,密封检测板。在25℃条件下孵育60min。使用Envision 2105读取荧光值。按下列公式计算:抑制率(%)=(DMSO孔对照读数-化合物孔读数)/(DMSO孔对照读数–阳性对照读数)×100%。各化合物的IC50值用Graphpad Prism 8软件的非线性回归方法分析,公式为:Y=Bottom+(Top-Bottom)/(1+10^((LogIC50-X)*HillSlope))。Y为抑制率,X为化合物的浓度Log值。部分代表性化合物的酶抑制活性数据如表1所示。Method 1: Dilute the control compound ML323 to 1mM in DMSO, and then dilute it in 4-fold gradient with DMSO for a total of 10 concentrations. Dilute the test compound in 3-fold gradient with DMSO for a total of ten concentrations. Prepare 1× detection buffer, and use the detection buffer to prepare 2× USP1&UAF1 working solution and 2× substrate working solution. Use Echo to transfer 120nL/well of the test compound to a 384-well plate, with 1% DMSO as a solvent control and 10μM ML323 as a positive control. Add 6μL of 2× USP1&UAF1 solution to each well, shake for 30 seconds, and incubate at 25℃ for 15min. Add 6μL of 2× substrate solution to each well to start the reaction and seal the detection plate. Incubate at 25℃ for 60min. Use Envision 2105 to read the fluorescence value. The following formula was used for calculation: inhibition rate (%) = (DMSO well control reading - compound well reading) / (DMSO well control reading - positive control reading) × 100%. The IC 50 value of each compound was analyzed by nonlinear regression method of Graphpad Prism 8 software, and the formula was: Y = Bottom + (Top-Bottom) / (1 + 10^((LogIC 50 -X)*HillSlope)). Y is the inhibition rate, and X is the Log value of the concentration of the compound. The enzyme inhibition activity data of some representative compounds are shown in Table 1.
方法二:测试化合物用DMSO梯度稀释。准备1×的检测缓冲液(改良Tris缓冲液),使用检测缓冲液配制USP1&UAF1酶工作液和底物(Ubiquitin Rhodamine 110Protein,CF(Ub-Rho))工作液。使用Echo转移测试化合物到384孔板中,DMSO终浓度为1%。每孔加入10μL的USP1酶溶液,在室温条件下孵育1h。每孔加入10μL的底物溶液起始反应,离心30秒,震荡30秒。使用SpectraMax Paradigm连续读数30分钟读取荧光值。按下列公式计算:抑制率(%)=(DMSO孔对照读数-化合物孔读数)/(DMSO孔对照读数–溶媒对照读数)×100%。各化合物的IC50值用XL-Fit软件的非线性回归方法分析,公式为:Y=Bottom+(Top-Bottom)/(1+10^((LogIC50-X)*HillSlope))。Y为抑制率,X为化合物的浓度Log值。部分代表性化合物的酶抑制活性数据如表1所示。Method 2: Test compounds were diluted in DMSO gradient. Prepare 1× detection buffer (modified Tris buffer), and use the detection buffer to prepare USP1&UAF1 enzyme working solution and substrate (Ubiquitin Rhodamine 110Protein, CF(Ub-Rho)) working solution. Use Echo to transfer test compounds to a 384-well plate, with a final DMSO concentration of 1%. Add 10μL of USP1 enzyme solution to each well and incubate for 1h at room temperature. Add 10μL of substrate solution to each well to start the reaction, centrifuge for 30 seconds, and shake for 30 seconds. Use SpectraMax Paradigm to read the fluorescence value continuously for 30 minutes. Calculate according to the following formula: Inhibition rate (%) = (DMSO well control reading - compound well reading) / (DMSO well control reading - solvent control reading) × 100%. The IC50 value of each compound was analyzed by nonlinear regression method of XL-Fit software, and the formula was: Y = Bottom + (Top-Bottom) / (1 + 10^ (( LogIC50 -X) * HillSlope)). Y is the inhibition rate, and X is the Log value of the concentration of the compound. The enzyme inhibition activity data of some representative compounds are shown in Table 1.
表1:化合物对USP1酶的抑制活性
Table 1: Inhibitory activity of compounds against USP1 enzyme
实施例50:化合物对MDA-MB-468细胞增殖的抑制Example 50: Inhibition of MDA-MB-468 cell proliferation by compounds
选择生长状态良好的MDA-MB-468细胞,用胰酶消化。加入新鲜的培养基,充分混合均匀后,1000rpm离心5分钟。按照每孔1500个细胞的种板密度接种于96孔板中,37℃培养箱中培养过夜。第二天,取出培养板,将化合物按照五倍的梯度稀释,给药处理,再放入37℃培养箱中培养168小时。Select MDA-MB-468 cells with good growth status and digest them with trypsin. Add fresh culture medium, mix thoroughly, and centrifuge at 1000rpm for 5 minutes. Inoculate in 96-well plates at a seeding density of 1500 cells per well and culture in a 37℃ incubator overnight. On the second day, remove the culture plate, dilute the compound in a five-fold gradient, treat with the drug, and then culture in a 37℃ incubator for 168 hours.
将细胞培养板取出平衡至室温后,每孔加入100μL的CellTiter Glo检测试剂,避光震荡2分钟,孵育10分钟,使用Enspire检测化学发光值。按下列公式计算:抑制率(%)=(1-(化合物RLU-空白对照RLU)/(DMSO对照RLU–空白对照RLU))×100%。其中空白对照孔为只加正常培养基,不加细胞,DMSO孔为有细胞,不加化合物,含0.5%DMSO。利用XLFit绘制药效抑制率曲线并计算IC50值。部分代表性化合物的细胞抑制活性数据如表2所示。After the cell culture plate was taken out and equilibrated to room temperature, 100 μL of CellTiter Glo detection reagent was added to each well, shaken for 2 minutes in the dark, incubated for 10 minutes, and the chemiluminescence value was detected using Enspire. Calculated according to the following formula: Inhibition rate (%) = (1-(compound RLU-blank control RLU)/(DMSO control RLU-blank control RLU)) × 100%. Among them, the blank control wells were only added with normal culture medium without cells, and the DMSO wells were added with cells, no compounds, and contained 0.5% DMSO. XLFit was used to draw the efficacy inhibition rate curve and calculate the IC 50 value. The cell inhibition activity data of some representative compounds are shown in Table 2.
表2:化合物对MDA-MB-468细胞增殖的抑制活性
Table 2: Inhibitory activity of compounds on MDA-MB-468 cell proliferation
实施例51:大鼠体内的药代动力学Example 51: Pharmacokinetics in rats
方法一:仪器:Waters生产的XEVO TQ-S液质联用仪,所有的测定数据由Masslynx V4.1软件采集并处理,用Microsoft Excel计算和处理数据。用WinNonLin 8.0软件,采用统计矩法进行药代动学参数计算。主要包括动力学参数Tmax、T1/2、Cmax、AUC0-24h等。色谱柱:ACQUITY UPLC BEH C18(2.1mm×50mm,1.7μm);柱温40℃;流动相A为水(0.1%甲酸),流动相B为乙腈,流速为0.350毫升/分钟,采用梯度洗脱,洗脱梯度为0.50min:10%B;1.50min:90%B;2.50min:90%B;2.51min:10%B;3.50min:stop。进样量:1μL。Method 1: Instrument: XEVO TQ-S LC-MS instrument produced by Waters. All the measured data were collected and processed by Masslynx V4.1 software, and the data were calculated and processed by Microsoft Excel. WinNonLin 8.0 software was used to calculate the pharmacokinetic parameters by statistical moment method. The main kinetic parameters included T max , T 1/2 , C max , AUC 0-24h , etc. Chromatographic column: ACQUITY UPLC BEH C18 (2.1mm×50mm, 1.7μm); column temperature 40℃; mobile phase A was water (0.1% formic acid), mobile phase B was acetonitrile, the flow rate was 0.350 ml/min, gradient elution was used, and the elution gradient was 0.50min: 10% B; 1.50min: 90% B; 2.50min: 90% B; 2.51min: 10% B; 3.50min: stop. Injection volume: 1 μL.
动物:SD雄性大鼠3只,体重范围200-220g,购入后在实验动物中心实验室饲养2天后使用,给药前12小时及给药后4小时内禁食,试验期间自由饮水。大鼠灌胃后按既定的时间内点取血样。Animals: 3 SD male rats, weighing 200-220g, were purchased and raised in the laboratory of the Experimental Animal Center for 2 days before use. They were fasted for 12 hours before administration and within 4 hours after administration, and had free access to water during the experiment. Blood samples were collected at the prescribed time after oral gavage.
溶媒:0.4%乙醇+0.4%Tween 80+99.2%(0.5%甲基纤维素M450)。灌胃给药溶液的配制:精密称量化合物,加入溶媒中,常温下超声5分钟使药品完全溶解,配制成0.3毫克/毫升的药液。Solvent: 0.4% ethanol + 0.4% Tween 80 + 99.2% (0.5% methylcellulose M450). Preparation of oral administration solution: accurately weigh the compound, add it to the solvent, ultrasonicate for 5 minutes at room temperature to completely dissolve the drug, and prepare a 0.3 mg/ml drug solution.
药物样品:一般采取多个结构类似的样品(分子量相差在2个单位以上),准确称量,一起给药(cassette PK)。这样可以同时筛选多个化合物,比较它们的口服吸收率。也采用单一给药来研究药物样品在大鼠体内的药物动力学。Drug samples: Generally, multiple samples with similar structures (molecular weight difference of more than 2 units) are taken, accurately weighed, and administered together (cassette PK). This allows multiple compounds to be screened simultaneously and their oral absorption rates to be compared. Single administration is also used to study the pharmacokinetics of drug samples in rats.
灌胃给药后分别于0.25、0.5、1、2、4、8、10和24小时眼眶取血。取血浆样品50μL,加入200μL的乙腈(含内标维拉帕米2ng/mL),涡旋振荡3min后,20000rcf,4℃离心10min,取上清液进行LC-MS/MS分析。Blood was collected from the eye socket at 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 8, 10 and 24 hours after oral administration. 50 μL of plasma sample was added with 200 μL of acetonitrile (containing internal standard verapamil 2 ng/mL), vortexed for 3 min, centrifuged at 20000 rcf, 4°C for 10 min, and the supernatant was taken for LC-MS/MS analysis.
准确称量化合物配制成不同的浓度,在质谱上进行定量分析,从而建立起标准曲线,然后测试上述血浆里化合物的浓度,得出不同时间点的化合物浓度。所有的测定数据由相关的软件采集并处理,采用统计矩法进行药代动学参数计算(主要包括动力学参数Tmax、T1/2、Cmax、AUC0-24h等)。部分代表性化合物的动力学参数如表3所示。The compound is accurately weighed and prepared into different concentrations, and quantitative analysis is performed on the mass spectrometer to establish a standard curve, and then the concentration of the compound in the above plasma is tested to obtain the concentration of the compound at different time points. All the measured data are collected and processed by relevant software, and the pharmacokinetic parameters are calculated using the statistical moment method (mainly including kinetic parameters T max , T 1/2 , C max , AUC 0-24h , etc.). The kinetic parameters of some representative compounds are shown in Table 3.
方法二:仪器:SCIEX Triple Quad 6500+三重四级杆液质联用仪,操作软件为Analyst 1.7.2(美国应用生物系统有限公司);ExionLC液相系统;用Microsoft Excel计算和处理数据。用WinNolin 8.2软件,采用统计矩法进行药代动学参数计算。主要包括动力学参数Tmax、T1/2、Cmax、AUC0-24h等。色谱柱:Synergi 4μm Fusion-RPLuna C18 2mm*50mm,4μm;柱温40℃;流动相A为水(0.1%甲酸),流动相B为乙腈,流速为0.8mL/min,采用梯度洗脱,洗脱梯度为0.10min:15%B;1.6min:95%B;1.90min:95%B;1.91min:15%B;2.20min:15%B。进样量:1μL。 Method 2: Instrument: SCIEX Triple Quad 6500+ triple quadrupole LC-MS, operating software: Analyst 1.7.2 (Applied Biosystems, Inc., USA); ExionLC liquid phase system; use Microsoft Excel to calculate and process data. WinNolin 8.2 software was used to calculate pharmacokinetic parameters using the statistical moment method. Mainly including kinetic parameters Tmax, T1/2, Cmax, AUC0-24h, etc. Chromatographic column: Synergi 4μm Fusion-RP Luna C18 2mm*50mm, 4μm; column temperature 40℃; mobile phase A is water (0.1% formic acid), mobile phase B is acetonitrile, flow rate is 0.8mL/min, gradient elution is adopted, elution gradient is 0.10min: 15%B; 1.6min: 95%B; 1.90min: 95%B; 1.91min: 15%B; 2.20min: 15%B. Injection volume: 1μL.
动物:SD雄性大鼠3只,体重范围200-220g,购入后在实验动物中心实验室饲养3天后使用,给药前12小时及给药后4小时内禁食,试验期间自由饮水。大鼠灌胃后按既定的时间内点取血样。Animals: 3 SD male rats, weighing 200-220g, were purchased and raised in the laboratory of the Experimental Animal Center for 3 days before use. They were fasted for 12 hours before administration and within 4 hours after administration, and had free access to water during the experiment. Blood samples were collected at the specified time after gavage.
溶媒:0.4%乙醇+0.4%Tween 80+99.2%(0.5%甲基纤维素M450)。灌胃给药溶液的配制:精密称量化合物,加入溶媒中,涡旋超声至化合物呈均一混悬状态,配制成相应浓度的药液。Solvent: 0.4% ethanol + 0.4% Tween 80 + 99.2% (0.5% methylcellulose M450). Preparation of oral administration solution: accurately weigh the compound, add it to the solvent, vortex and sonicate until the compound is in a uniform suspension state, and prepare a drug solution of corresponding concentration.
药物样品:一般采取多个结构类似的样品(分子量相差在2个单位以上),准确称量,一起给药(cassette PK)。这样可以同时筛选多个化合物,比较它们的口服吸收率。也采用单一给药来研究药物样品在大鼠体内的药物动力学。Drug samples: Generally, multiple samples with similar structures (molecular weight difference of more than 2 units) are taken, accurately weighed, and administered together (cassette PK). This allows multiple compounds to be screened simultaneously and their oral absorption rates to be compared. Single administration is also used to study the pharmacokinetics of drug samples in rats.
灌胃给药后分别于0.25、0.5、1、2、4、8、10和24小时颈静脉取血。移取20μL血浆样品(空白样品和内标空白样品加20μL空白血浆)至1.5mL离心管中,加入200μL内标(50%甲醇乙腈溶液(浓度100ng/mL))溶液(Double blank样品加入200μL 50%甲醇乙腈溶液。将样品涡旋5分钟后,在14000rpm、4℃条件下离心5分钟,移取80μL加入到80μL的水中,混合均匀,交由LC-MS/MS分析。Blood was collected from the jugular vein at 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 8, 10 and 24 hours after oral administration. 20 μL of plasma sample (blank sample and internal standard blank sample plus 20 μL of blank plasma) was transferred to a 1.5 mL centrifuge tube, and 200 μL of internal standard (50% methanol acetonitrile solution (concentration 100 ng/mL)) solution was added (Double blank sample was added with 200 μL of 50% methanol acetonitrile solution). After vortexing the sample for 5 minutes, centrifuge it at 14000 rpm and 4°C for 5 minutes, transfer 80 μL and add it to 80 μL of water, mix well, and analyze by LC-MS/MS.
准确称量化合物配制成不同的浓度,在质谱上进行定量分析,从而建立起标准曲线,然后测试上述血浆里化合物的浓度,得出不同时间点的化合物浓度。所有的测定数据由相关的软件采集并处理,采用统计矩法进行药代动学参数计算(主要包括动力学参数Tmax、T1/2、Cmax、AUC0-24h等)。部分代表性化合物的药代动力学数据见表3。The compound is accurately weighed and prepared into different concentrations, and quantitative analysis is performed on the mass spectrometer to establish a standard curve, and then the concentration of the compound in the above plasma is tested to obtain the concentration of the compound at different time points. All the measured data are collected and processed by relevant software, and the pharmacokinetic parameters are calculated using the statistical moment method (mainly including kinetic parameters T max , T 1/2 , C max , AUC 0-24h , etc.). The pharmacokinetic data of some representative compounds are shown in Table 3.
表3大鼠体内的药物动力学参数
Table 3 Pharmacokinetic parameters in rats
*备注:化合物53、59的测试方法为方法二,其余化合物的测试方法为方法一。* Note: The test method for compounds 53 and 59 is method 2, and the test method for the remaining compounds is method 1.
实施例52:小鼠体内的药代动力学Example 52: Pharmacokinetics in mice
仪器:SCIEX Triple Quad 6500+三重四级杆液质联用仪,操作软件为Analyst 1.7.2(美国应用生物系统有限公司);ExionLC液相系统;用Microsoft Excel计算和处理数据。用WinNolin 8.2软件,采用统计矩法进行药代动学参数计算。主要包括动力学参数Tmax、T1/2、Cmax、AUC0-24h等。色谱柱:Synergi 4μm Fusion-RP Luna C18 2mm*50mm,4μm;柱温40℃;流动相A为水(0.1%甲酸),流动相B为乙腈,流速为0.8mL/min,采用梯度洗脱,洗脱梯度为0.10min:15%B;1.6min:95%B;1.90min:95%B;1.91min:15%B;2.20min:15%B。进样量:1μL。Instrument: SCIEX Triple Quad 6500+ triple quadrupole liquid chromatography-mass spectrometer, operating software: Analyst 1.7.2 (Applied Biosystems, Inc., USA); ExionLC liquid phase system; data were calculated and processed using Microsoft Excel. Pharmacokinetic parameters were calculated using WinNolin 8.2 software and statistical moment method. Mainly including kinetic parameters Tmax, T1/2, Cmax, AUC0-24h, etc. Chromatographic column: Synergi 4μm Fusion-RP Luna C18 2mm*50mm, 4μm; column temperature 40℃; mobile phase A is water (0.1% formic acid), mobile phase B is acetonitrile, flow rate is 0.8mL/min, gradient elution is adopted, elution gradient is 0.10min: 15%B; 1.6min: 95%B; 1.90min: 95%B; 1.91min: 15%B; 2.20min: 15%B. Injection volume: 1μL.
动物:ICR雄性小鼠3只,体重范围25-30g,购入后在实验动物中心实验室饲养3天后使用,给药前12小时及给药后4小时内禁食,试验期间自由饮水。小鼠灌胃后按既定的时间内点取血样。Animals: 3 ICR male mice, weighing 25-30g, were purchased and raised in the laboratory of the Experimental Animal Center for 3 days before use. They were fasted for 12 hours before administration and within 4 hours after administration, and had free access to water during the experiment. Blood samples were collected at the scheduled time after gavage.
溶媒:0.4%乙醇+0.4%Tween 80+99.2%(0.5%甲基纤维素M450)。灌胃给药溶液的配制:精密称量化合物,加入溶媒中,涡旋超声至化合物呈均一混悬状态,配制成相应浓度的药液。Solvent: 0.4% ethanol + 0.4% Tween 80 + 99.2% (0.5% methylcellulose M450). Preparation of oral administration solution: accurately weigh the compound, add it to the solvent, vortex and sonicate until the compound is in a uniform suspension state, and prepare a drug solution of corresponding concentration.
药物样品:一般采取多个结构类似的样品(分子量相差在2个单位以上),准确称量,一起给药(cassette PK)。这样可以同时筛选多个化合物,比较它们的口服吸收率。也采用单一给药来研究药物样品在小鼠体内的药物动力学。Drug samples: Generally, multiple samples with similar structures (molecular weight difference of more than 2 units) are taken, accurately weighed, and administered together (cassette PK). This allows multiple compounds to be screened simultaneously and their oral absorption rates to be compared. Single administration is also used to study the pharmacokinetics of drug samples in mice.
灌胃给药后分别于0.25、0.5、1、2、4、6、8、10和24小时脸颊取血。移取20μL血浆样品(空白样品和内标空白样品加20μL空白血浆)至1.5mL离心管中,加入200μL内标(50%甲醇乙腈溶液(浓度100ng/mL))溶液(Double blank样品加入200μL 50%甲醇乙腈溶液。将样品涡旋5分钟后,在6000g、4℃条件下离心3分钟,移取80μL加入到80μL的水中,混合均匀,交由LC-MS/MS分析。Blood was collected from the cheek at 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 and 24 hours after oral administration. 20 μL plasma sample (blank sample and internal standard blank sample plus 20 μL blank plasma) was transferred to a 1.5 mL centrifuge tube, and 200 μL internal standard (50% methanol acetonitrile solution (concentration 100 ng/mL)) solution was added (Double blank sample was added with 200 μL 50% methanol acetonitrile solution). After vortexing the sample for 5 minutes, centrifuge at 6000g and 4°C for 3 minutes, 80 μL was transferred and added to 80 μL of water, mixed evenly, and analyzed by LC-MS/MS.
准确称量化合物配制成不同的浓度,在质谱上进行定量分析,从而建立起标准曲线,然后测试上述血浆里化合物的浓度,得出不同时间点的化合物浓度。所有的测定数据由相关的软件采集并处理,采用统计矩法进行药代动学参数计算(主要包括动力学参数Tmax、T1/2、Cmax、AUC0-24h等)。部分代表性化合物的药代动力学数据见表4。The compound is accurately weighed and prepared into different concentrations, and quantitative analysis is performed on the mass spectrometer to establish a standard curve, and then the concentration of the compound in the above plasma is tested to obtain the concentration of the compound at different time points. All the measured data are collected and processed by relevant software, and the pharmacokinetic parameters are calculated using the statistical moment method (mainly including kinetic parameters T max , T 1/2 , C max , AUC 0-24h , etc.). The pharmacokinetic data of some representative compounds are shown in Table 4.
表4小鼠体内的药物动力学参数
Table 4 Pharmacokinetic parameters in mice
在本发明提及的所有文献都在本申请中引用作为参考,就如同每一篇文献被单独引用作为参考那样。此外应理解,在阅读了本发明的上述讲授内容之后,本领域技术人员可以对本发明作各种改动或修改,这些等价形式同样落于本申请所附权利要求书所限定的范围。 All documents mentioned in the present invention are cited as references in this application, just as each document is cited as reference individually. In addition, it should be understood that after reading the above teachings of the present invention, those skilled in the art can make various changes or modifications to the present invention, and these equivalent forms also fall within the scope defined by the claims attached to this application.
Claims (17)
如权利要求7所述的化合物,其特征在于,式(IIIa)或式(IIIb)中各个Ra各自独立地选自下组的基团: [Corrected 29.03.2024 in accordance with Rule 26]
The compound according to claim 7, characterized in that each Ra in formula (IIIa) or formula (IIIb) is independently selected from the following groups:
Priority Applications (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN202480008514.3A CN120603835A (en) | 2023-01-20 | 2024-01-22 | Compounds as USP1 inhibitors |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN202310056119.X | 2023-01-20 | ||
| CN202310056119 | 2023-01-20 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2024153250A1 true WO2024153250A1 (en) | 2024-07-25 |
Family
ID=91955393
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2024/073535 Ceased WO2024153250A1 (en) | 2023-01-20 | 2024-01-22 | Compound as usp1 inhibitor |
Country Status (2)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| CN (1) | CN120603835A (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2024153250A1 (en) |
Cited By (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2025102016A1 (en) | 2023-11-10 | 2025-05-15 | Vrise Therapeutics, Inc. | Novel molecules as inhibitors of dna damage repair pathway |
Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN113164485A (en) * | 2018-12-20 | 2021-07-23 | Ksq治疗公司 | Substituted pyrazolopyrimidines and substituted purines and their use as inhibitors of ubiquitin-specific processing protease 1(USP1) |
| CN113474346A (en) * | 2018-12-28 | 2021-10-01 | 福马治疗有限公司 | Composition for inhibiting ubiquitin-specific protease 1 |
| WO2023083285A1 (en) * | 2021-11-12 | 2023-05-19 | Insilico Medicine Ip Limited | Small molecule inhibitors of ubiquitin specific protease 1 (usp1) and uses thereof |
| WO2024022266A1 (en) * | 2022-07-25 | 2024-02-01 | Guangdong Newopp Biopharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. | Heteroaryl compounds as inhibitors of usp1 |
-
2024
- 2024-01-22 CN CN202480008514.3A patent/CN120603835A/en active Pending
- 2024-01-22 WO PCT/CN2024/073535 patent/WO2024153250A1/en not_active Ceased
Patent Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN113164485A (en) * | 2018-12-20 | 2021-07-23 | Ksq治疗公司 | Substituted pyrazolopyrimidines and substituted purines and their use as inhibitors of ubiquitin-specific processing protease 1(USP1) |
| CN113474346A (en) * | 2018-12-28 | 2021-10-01 | 福马治疗有限公司 | Composition for inhibiting ubiquitin-specific protease 1 |
| WO2023083285A1 (en) * | 2021-11-12 | 2023-05-19 | Insilico Medicine Ip Limited | Small molecule inhibitors of ubiquitin specific protease 1 (usp1) and uses thereof |
| WO2024022266A1 (en) * | 2022-07-25 | 2024-02-01 | Guangdong Newopp Biopharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. | Heteroaryl compounds as inhibitors of usp1 |
Cited By (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2025102016A1 (en) | 2023-11-10 | 2025-05-15 | Vrise Therapeutics, Inc. | Novel molecules as inhibitors of dna damage repair pathway |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| CN120603835A (en) | 2025-09-05 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| CN113286794B (en) | KRAS mutant protein inhibitors | |
| CA3186996A1 (en) | Quinoxaline derivatives as anti-cancer drugs | |
| KR101692600B1 (en) | Macrocyclic derivatives for the treatment of proliferative diseases | |
| CN107207514B (en) | Fused ring heteroaryl compounds and their use as TRK inhibitors | |
| CN113544128A (en) | KRAS-G12C inhibitors | |
| WO2022268230A1 (en) | Compound as kif18a inhibitor | |
| CN114423751B (en) | Novel heterocyclic compounds useful as selective AURORA a inhibitors | |
| CN115697971A (en) | Cyclobutyldihydroquinoline sulfonamide compound | |
| WO2017084494A1 (en) | Benzofuran derivative, preparation method thereof and use thereof in medicine | |
| CN117917410A (en) | Pan-KRAS degradation agent and preparation method and application thereof | |
| CN112566636A (en) | Compound and use thereof | |
| CN111655692B (en) | Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic amide compounds and their medicinal uses | |
| CN111566103A (en) | Aminoimidazopyrazine as a kinase inhibitor | |
| JP2023513373A (en) | P2X3 modulators | |
| CN115894520A (en) | A macrocyclic K-RAS G12C inhibitor, its preparation method and pharmaceutical application | |
| CN109071548A (en) | It can be used for treating the pyrroles's benzimidazole derivative or its analog of especially cancer | |
| WO2024169895A1 (en) | Compound for inhibiting nlrp3, preparation method, and use | |
| CN111356695B (en) | Novel tricyclic compounds | |
| WO2024153250A1 (en) | Compound as usp1 inhibitor | |
| CN115109061B (en) | Tricyclic compounds | |
| CN109232575B (en) | Pyrrole [1,2-b ] pyridazine compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and application thereof | |
| CN110407854B (en) | new tetracyclic compounds | |
| AU2020229920B2 (en) | Acryloyl-containing nuclear transport regulator and uses thereof | |
| WO2023025324A1 (en) | Compound serving as p53 regulator | |
| TWI899252B (en) | Cyclopropyl dihydroquinoline sulfonamide compounds |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 24744419 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 202480008514.3 Country of ref document: CN |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
| WWP | Wipo information: published in national office |
Ref document number: 202480008514.3 Country of ref document: CN |